Math Formula English Medium
Math Formula English Medium
Geometry
.
Lines
. Perpendicular Line :- When two lines on the same plane
4
OINT :- Point is a circle having zero radius. It is usually
P intersect each other and form a 90° angle at the point of
represented by a dot (.) . intersection, they are known to be perpendicular lines.
Type of Points
Types of Line
Types of Angle
.ParallelLine:-Apairoftwolinesthatareonthesameplaneand
1
the distance between them is equal and remains constant.
Note:These lines do not intersect with each other.
i.e.
. Transversal Lines :- A line which cuts parallel lines at a
2
distinct point, as shown in the figure below.
Pair of Angles
● F isthetransversalline.ABandCDareparallellines.
E
Symbolofparallellinesis‘||’.Todenotealinesymbols
like𝐴 𝐵or simply AB are used.
.IntersectingLine:-Whentwoormorepairsoflinesareonthe
3
sameplaneandintersecteachotheratonegivenpoint,theyare
known as intersecting lines. ) Supplementary Angles :- Sum ofthetwoanglesisequalto
2
180°. E.g.∠1 + ∠2=180°,∠4 + ∠3=180°etc.
3) Linear pair of Angles :- A linear pair of angles is apairof xample :- In the given figure, p || q and I is a transversal
E
djacentanglesformedwhentwolinesintersecteachotherata
a cuttingpandqwithanglesasspecified.Thevalueof(5x-y)
point. is :
Example:- In a triangle ABC, the three angles arex, y and Exterior Angle property:- Any exterior angle of the triangle is
y + 10. Also, 2x - 4y = 20°. Which type of triangle is ABC? qualtothesumofitsinterioroppositeangles.Thisiscalledthe
e
SSC CGL 26/07/2023 (3rd shift)
exterior angle property of a triangle.
(a) Equilateral (b) Obtuse (c) Acute (d) Right-angled
• ∠ACD =∠A
BC +∠C
AB (Exterior Angle Property)
Solution :-According to question,
𝑥+𝑦+ (𝑦+ 10) = 180°
𝑥+ 2𝑦= 170° …….(1)
2𝑥 − 4𝑦
= 20°⇒ 𝑥− 2𝑦= 10° ……..(2)
By solving both equations, we get
170°+10°
𝑥= = 90°
2
So, triangle ABC is a right angled triangle.
Example :-In the given triangle, CD is the bisectorof∠BCA.
D = DA. If∠BDC = 76°, what is the degree measureof∠CBD
C
Special cases of a Right-angled triangle :- ?
• The angles of this triangle • The angles of this triangle SC CGL 01/12/2022 (4th Shift)
S
are in the ratio – 1 : 1 : 2 are in the ratio – 1: 2: 3 (a) 32° (b) 76° (c) 80° (d) 66°
• The sides of this triangle will • The sides opposite to these Solution :-
be in the ratio – 1 : 1 : √2 angles will be in the ratio Exterior angle of a triangle isequaltoSumoftwoopposite
respectively. – 1 : √3 : 2 respectively interior angles.
Properties of Triangles
In∆𝐶𝐷𝐴
∠𝐷𝐶𝐴 = ∠𝐷𝐴𝐶 ……..( DC = DA )
∠D
CA +∠D
AC = 76° ……..(exterior angle )
x° + x° = 76° ⇒ x° = 38°
Now, ∠𝐷𝐶𝐴 = ∠𝐷𝐶𝐵 = 38°…. ( CD is angle bisectorof∠C
)
Now , In∆𝐶𝐵𝐷
AngleSumProperty:-Thesumofanglesofatriangleisalways
∠𝐷𝐶𝐵+∠𝐶𝐵𝐷+∠𝐵𝐷𝐶= 180°
80°.
1
⇒ 38°+∠𝐶𝐵𝐷+ 76° = 180°⇒ ∠𝐶𝐵𝐷= 66°
• ∠ABC +∠BAC +∠A
CB = 180° (Angle sum property)
● In a triangle ABC, angle bisector of interior angle C and
riangle inequality :-
T
∠𝐴
(a)Thesumofthelengthofanytwosidesofatriangleisgreater exterior angle B meet at E, then∠BEC =
2
than the length of the third side.
• AB + BC > AC
• AB + AC > BC
• BC + AC > AB
Example :-In ΔABC, ∠B = 78°, AD is a bisector of∠A meeting Formulas of triangle :-
C at D, and AE⊥BC at E. If ∠DAE = 24°, then the measure of
B
∠ACB is:
SSC CGL Tier II (29/01/2022)
(a) 32° (b) 38° (c) 30° (d) 42°
Solution :-
3
ℎ1 +ℎ2 +ℎ3 = a
2
Where a = side of equilateral triangle
In an isosceles triangle , perpendicular drawn on the base
f rom the opposite vertex bisect the base.
Example:-‘O’ is a point in the interior of an equilateraltriangle.
𝑎
he perpendicular distance from 'O' to the sides are √3 cm ,
T QX = XR =
2
2√3cm, 5√3 cm. The perimeter of the triangle is: In right angle triangle PQX,
SSC CGL 13/12/2022 (4th Shift)
2
(a) 48 cm (b) 32 cm (c) 24 cm (d) 64 cm 2 𝑎 2 15𝑎
PX = (2𝑎) − ( 2 ) =
Solution :- 4
15𝑎
=
2
2
Side (a) = (ℎ1 + ℎ2 + ℎ3)
3
2
= ( 3+ 2 3+ 5 3) = 16 cm
3
Perimeter of equilateral triangle = 3 × a = 48 cm
In case of scalene triangle :-
• IfPisanypointinsidetheequilateraltriangleandPFIIAB,PD
II AC, PE II CB.
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
Semi-perimeter (s) =
2
• Area(A) = 𝑠 (𝑠 − 𝑎)(𝑠 − 𝑏)(𝑠 − 𝑐 )
PD + PE + PF = AB = BC = CA.
In case of right angle triangle :-
In case of isosceles triangle :-
1
• Area(A) = × Base × height
𝐵𝐶 2 2 2
• Area(A) = 4𝐴 𝐵 − 𝐵𝐶 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟+𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒−ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑢𝑠𝑒
4
• Inradius(r) =
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 2
• Inradius(r) = ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑢𝑠𝑒
𝑆𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
• circumradius(R) =
2
Example:-Inatriangle,iftheanglesareintheratio1:2:3,
t hen the ratio of the corresponding sides is: 𝑄
𝑃 𝑆
𝑄 𝑄
𝑃 𝑃𝑅
Selection Post 04/08/2022 (4th Shift) = or =
𝑃𝑅 𝑆𝑅 𝑄𝑆 𝑅
𝑆
(a) 1 : 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 2 : √3 (c) 1 : √3 : 2 (d) 1 : 2 : 3 HerePSistheinternalanglebisectorandacommonsideofthe
Solution :- Let the angles of a triangle be x, 2xand 3x , ATQ, x t riangles∆𝑃𝑄𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑∆𝑃𝑆𝑅.
+ 2x + 3x = 180°
180
6x = 180°⇒ x = = 30°
6 xample:-In△ABC,AD,thebisectorof∠A,meetsBCatD.If
E
ow,
N BC = a, AC = b and AB = c, then BD - DC =
2x = 2 × 30° = 60°⇒ 3x = 3 × 30° = 90° SSC CHSL 03/07/2019 (Afternoon)
So, we have following triangle; 𝑎𝑐 𝑎( 𝑐 +𝑏) 𝑎( 𝑐 −𝑏) 𝑎𝑏
(a) (b) (c) (d)
𝑏+𝑐 𝑐−𝑏 𝑐+𝑏 𝑏+𝑐
olution:- BC = a cm
S
Let BD = x, DC = a - x
7x = 216 ⇒ x = 8
2
So, length of SR = 18 - 8 = 10 cm
length of angle bisector→
2
𝑃𝑆 = PQ × PR - QS × SR
2
= 12 × 15 - 8 × 10⇒ 𝑃𝑆 = 180 - 80
𝑄
𝑃 𝑄𝑆 ⇒ PS = 100⇒ PS = 10 cm
=
𝑃𝑅 𝑆
𝑅
PS is the external angle bisector.
(ii)
xample:-InatriangleABCAB:AC=5:2.BC=9cm.BAis
E
produced to D, and the bisectoroftheAngleCADmeetsBC
produced at E. What is the length (in cm)
of CE?
SSC CGL 13/08/2021 (Afternoon)
(a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 6 (d) 3
Solution :- 2𝑎
𝑏.𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ
Length of angle bisector(AD) =
𝑎+𝑏
(iii)
As AEistheexternalanglebisectorsoitdividetheopposite
ides in the ratio of the corresponding sides
s
Therefore,
𝐵
𝐴 𝐸
𝐵 5 𝐸+9
𝐶
= ⇒ = ⇒ CE = 6 cm
𝐴𝐶 𝐶𝐸
2 𝐸
𝐶
AD = angle bisector of∠A
Incentre(r): The point of intersection of angle bisectors of a
t riangle.
1.
AD = angle bisector of∠A
2
𝐴 𝐷 = AB × AC - BD × DC
AI : ID = AB + AC : BC
I : IE = AB + BC : AC
B
CI : IF = AC + BC : AB
G : GD = BG : GE = CG : FG = 2 : 1
A
d) Medians divide the triangle into 6 equal Parts.
B + AC > 2AD
A
BC + AC > 2CF
AB + BC > 2BE
SowecansaythatSumoftheperimeter ofatriangleisgreater
than the sum of the medians.
AB + BC + AC > AD + BE + CF
e).areaoftriangleformedbyjoiningmidpointsoftwosidesand also
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
centroid is of area of triangle. 3(𝐴 𝐵 +𝐵𝐶 +𝐶𝐴 ) = 4 (𝐴 𝐷 +𝐵𝐸 +𝐶𝐹 )
12
xample:-If∆ABCisanequilateraltriangleinwhichD,EandF
E
arethepointsonsidesBC,AC,andABrespectivelysuchthat
AD⟂BC, BE⟂AC and CF⟂AB , which of the following is true ?
SSC CPO 11/12/2019 (Morning)
2 2 2 2
1 (a) 7𝐴 𝐵 = 9𝐴 𝐷 ( b) 2𝐴 𝐵 = 3𝐴 𝐷
ar∆OFE = ar∆ OFD = ar∆OED = area of∆ABC
12 2 2 2 2
( c) 4𝐴 𝐶 = 5𝐵𝐸 (d) 3𝐴 𝐶 = 4𝐵𝐸
Solution :-
Example :- XYZ is a triangle. If the medians ZL and YM
intersect each other at G, then (Area of∆GLM :Area of∆XYZ)
SSC CHSL 12/10/2020 (Afternoon)
( a) 1 : 14 (b) 1 : 12 (c) 1 : 11 (d) 1 : 10
Solution :-
Median divides triangle in two equal parts
ince, ABC is an equilateral triangle
S
Altitude = Angle bisector = Median
We know that the following relation satisfies in case of an
equilateral triangle.
2 2 2
3[𝐴 𝐵 + 𝐵𝐶 + 𝐴 𝐶 ] =
⇒ 2 2 2
[𝐴 𝐷 + 𝐵𝐸 + 𝐶𝐹 ] …..eq .(1)
4
Area of △ GLM: Area of
⇒ AB = BC = AC(∆ABC is an equilateral
△ XYZ = 2 : 24 = 1 : 12
triangle)
Exam hall approach :-
Putting the values in eq .(1)
2 2 2 2
3[ 3𝐴 𝐶 ] = 4[ 3𝐵𝐸 ] ⇒ 3 𝐶 = 4𝐵𝐸
𝐴
i)
e know,
W
Area of∆GLM : Area of∆XYZ = 1 : 12
AG : GO = BH : HO = CI : IO = 3 : 1
ii)
Orthocentre (H):-point of intersection of altitudesof a triangle.
∠B
OC = 2∠A
,∠A
OB = 2∠C
, ∠A
OC = 2∠B
( iv) The perimeter of any triangle is greater than the sum of
5. AAS: ( angle – angle–Siderule):- Whenanytwopairsof
altitudes of the triangle.
orresponding angles and corresponding sides are equal.
c
AB + BC + AC > AD + BE + CF
uler’sLine:-AccordingtotheEuler'stheory,inatriangle,there
E
existsastraightlinecalledtheEuler'sline,whichpassesthrough
the orthocenter, the circumcentre, and the centroid of the
triangle. Hence, these given points of concurrencies of the
20
triangle are the collinear points in a triangle. radius = = 10 cm.
2
s AB∥CD, ∠MBO = ∠NCO and
A
Relation between orthocentre(s), centroid (G) ∠BOM = ∠CON (vertically opposite angles)
and circumcentre(H) BO = CO = 10 (radius)
So, by ASA congruency∆BOM ⩭∆CON
Now, by c.p.c.t., ON = OM = 6 cm
And ∠OMB = ∠ONC = 90°
2 2
C = 10 − 6 = 8 cm
N
CD = 2 × NC = 16 cm
Similarity of Triangles
Congruency of Triangles
).Two triangles are similar if they have the same
1
Two triangles will be congruent if: shape but vary in size.
2).Incongruencythetrianglesaremirrorimagesofeachother.
.SSS:(Side–Side–Siderule):-Whenallthreecorresponding
1 So, We can say that all congruent triangles aresimilarbutthe
sides are equal. vice versa is not true.
𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓∆𝐴
𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐶 𝐶
𝐵 𝐷
𝐴
𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓∆𝑃
𝑃 𝑄𝑅
=
𝑄
𝑃
=
𝑅
𝑃
= 𝑄𝑅 = 𝑃𝑆
𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐸 𝐷
𝐴 𝐷𝐸
In∆𝐴 𝐵𝐶and∆𝐴 𝐶𝑃:
= and
=
𝐵
𝐷 𝐶
𝐸 𝐴𝐵 𝐶
𝐵
∠ACP = ∠B,
∠A and side AC is common
𝐵
𝐴 𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐶 Example :- In ∆𝐴 𝐵𝐶, the straight line parallel to thesideBC
Hence,
𝐴𝐶
= 𝑃𝐶 = 𝐴𝑃 eetsABandACatthepointsPandQ,respectively.IfAP=
m
𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐶 14 8.4
QC, the length of ABis16cmandthelengthofAQis4cm,
⇒ = 𝐴𝑃 ⇒ 11.2 = 𝐴𝑃 ⇒ AP = 6.72
𝐶
𝑃 then the length (in cm) CQ is:
Similarly, in∆𝐴 𝐵𝐶𝑎𝑛𝑑∆𝐶𝐵𝑃: SSC CHSL 02/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
⇒ AB× PC = AC× BC (a)(2 21+ 2) (b) (2 18− 2)
⇒ AB× 11.2 = 8.4× 14
(c)(2 17− 2) (d)(2 19+ 2)
⇒ AB = 10.5, BP = 10.5 - 6.72 = 3.78 cm
olution :-
S
[1.]Basicproportionalitytheorem:-Alinedrawnparalleltoone
ide divides the other two sides in the same ratio.
s
ince,
S
∠T AP +∠OKA = 60° + 120° = 180°
By side By Angle
(pair of interior angles on the same side of transversal is
supplementary)
egular polygon - all the
R oncave angle- one interior
C
So,
sides and interior angles of angle must be greater than
𝐴𝑇
OK॥ATandalsoKisthemidpointofAP.⇒ OK= ….(Mid the polygon are equal. 180
◦
2
point theorem)
6 Irregular Polygon- polygons onvex angle- whose all
C
So, OK = = 3 cm t hat do not have equal sides interior angles are less than
2
and not equal angles. ◦
180 .
Heptagon Octagon
• Has 7 sides and 7 vertices • Has 8 sides and 8 vertices
• Has 14 diagonals • Has 20 diagonals
• Sum of the interior angles is • Sum of the interior angles is
900° 1080°
2
Area = 2𝑎 (1 + 2)
AG : GD = 4 : 1
Nonagon Decagon
Cevians : Alinesegmentwhichjoinsavertexofatriangletoa • Has 9 sides and 9 vertices • Has 10 sides and 10
oint on the opposite side of the triangle.
p • Has 27 diagonals v ertices
• Sum of the interior angles is • Has 35 diagonals .
1260° • Sum of the interior angles
is1440°
Quadrilateral
Atwo-dimensionalshapewithfoursides,fourvertices,andfour (iv) when the midpoints of adjacent sides of quadrilateral is
ngles.
a ◦
joined and its diagonal intersects at 90 then a rectangle is
formed.
Example:-Iftheanglesofaquadrilateralareintheratioof4:
: 11 : 12, then the largest of these angles is:
9
Special results of quadrilateral :-
RRB NTPC CBT - I 29/01/2021 (Evening)
(a) 168° (b) 72° (c) 166° (d) 120°
Solution :-Sum of angles of quadrilateral = 360°
4𝑥 + 9𝑥 + 11𝑥 + 12𝑥 = 360°
36𝑥 = 360° ⇒ 𝑥 = 10°
Largest Angle(12x) =120°
2 2 2 2
𝑎 +𝑐 = 𝑏 +𝑑
Area of quadrilateral
1
(i) Area of quadrilateral = × diagonal× (h1 + h2)
2
2 2 2 2
𝑎 +𝑐 = 𝑏 +𝑑
xample :- Find the area (in cm2) of the given quadrilateral
E
ABCD.
● If DO and CO are angle bisectors of ∠A
DCand ∠BCD
t hen,
𝑎+𝑏
● ∠DOC = ● um of squares of all four sides = Sum of squares of
S
2
diagonals.
2 2 2 2 2 2
● 𝐴 𝐶 +𝐵𝐷 =𝐴 𝐵 +𝐵𝐶 +𝐶𝐷 + 𝐴 𝐷
1).Parallelogram:Oppositesidesandanglesofaparallelogram
re equal.
a
● Parallelogram inscribed in a circle is a rectangle.
● B = DC and AD = BC
A
● Parallelogram that circumscribes a circle is a rhombus.
● ∠𝐴 + ∠𝐵 = ∠𝐵 + ∠𝐶 = ∠𝐶 + ∠𝐷 = ∠𝐷 + ∠𝐴 = 180°
Example:-InaparallelogramABCD,ifm∠A=(3x+16)°and
∠B = (2x + 24)°, then find m∠C.
m
RRC Group D 30/09/2022 (Evening)
(a) 56° (b) 28° (c) 100° (d) 110°
● quare, Rectangle and Rhombus are parallelogram.
S
Solution :- ● All rectangles are p
arallelogram but all parallelogram are
not rectangles.
Rectangle
e know,
W
In parallelogram, sum of two adjacent angles = 180°
3x + 16° + 2x + 24° = 180°
5x + 40° = 180°
◦
5x = 140°⇒ x = 28°
● 𝐴 =∠𝐵=∠𝐶=∠𝐷=90
∠
∠A = 3x + 16° = 3 × 28 + 16 = 100° ● Diagonals bisect each other i.e, OA = OC , OB = OD
∠A = ∠C = 100° (in parallelogram , opposite angles are equal) ● Opposite sides are equal i.e, AB = DC , AD = BC.
∠C = 100° ● Area = length× breadth
● Perimeter = 2 (length + breadth)
● ∠𝐴 = ∠𝐶and∠𝐵 = ∠𝐷
● he diagonals bisect each other, i.e. AO = OC and OB = OD
T Example :- The two unequal sides of a rectangle are inthe
● Area of parallelogram = Base× Altitude r atio 3:4. If the perimeter is 42 cm, then the length of the
diagonal will be:
RRB NTPC CBT - I 02/02/2021 (Morning)
(a) 30 cm (b) 25 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 35 cm
Solution :-
Perimeter of rectangle
● Area of parallelogram = 2 𝑠 (𝑠 − 𝑎)(𝑠 − 𝑏) (𝑠 − 𝑐 ) = 2 ( 3 + 4) = 14 unit
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 14 unit = 42 cm ⇒ 1 unit = 3 cm
● S =
2 Sides are 9 cm and 12 cm
Diagonal of rectangle
2 2
= 9 + 12 = 81 + 144
= 225= 15𝑐 𝑚
).Rhombus:Allsidesareequalandoppositesidesareparallel
3
● If P be any point outside the rectangle.
2 2 2 2 to each other.
𝑃𝐴 + 𝑃𝐶 = 𝑃𝐵 + 𝑃𝐷
Example:-Thelengthofthediagonalsofarhombusis40cm
Area of trapezium ABCD nd 60 cm. What is the length of the side of the rhombus ?
a
1 SSC CHSL 13/03/2023 (4th Shift)
= × 𝑆𝑢𝑚𝑜𝑓𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑙𝑠 𝑖𝑑𝑒× ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
2
( a) 50 3cm (b) 20 3cm (c) 10 13cm (d) 40 13cm
1
= × (𝐴 𝐵 + 𝐷𝐶)× ℎ Solution :-
2
Example :- The lengths of a pair of parallel sides of a
t rapezium are 20 cm and 25 cm, respectively, and the
perpendicular distance between these two sides is 14 cm.
2
hat is the area (in𝑐 𝑚 ) of the trapezium?
W
ength of the diagonal is 40cm and 60cm
L
SSC CHSL 02/06/2022 (Afternoon)
Then, in ΔAOB
(a) 512 (b) 250 (c) 300 (d) 315
2 2
Solution :-Area of trapezium= AB = (20) + (30) = 1300= 10 13cm
1 So, the side of rhombus = 10 13cm
× (sum of parallel side) × perpendicular
2
distance between them
● iagonals bisect each other at right angles andformfour
D
1
1
⇒ × (20 + 25) × 14 = × 45 × 14 right angled triangles with equal areas.
2 2
2
⇒ 𝐴 𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓∆𝐴 𝑂𝐵 = 𝐴 𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓∆𝐵𝑂𝐶 = 𝐴 𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓∆𝐶𝑂𝐷
= 315𝑐 𝑚
1
= 𝐴 𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓∆𝐷𝑂𝐴= × 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓𝑟ℎ𝑜𝑚𝑏𝑢𝑠𝐴 𝐵𝐶𝐷
4
● If Eisthemidpointof 𝐴 𝐷andFisthemidpointof 𝐵𝐶,then ● The diagonals of Rhombus are not of equal length.
𝐴𝐵+𝐷𝐶
EF = . 4). Square: Allsidesareequalinlengthandadjacentsidesare
2
● IfPisthemidpointofdiagonal 𝐵𝐷andQisthemidpointof erpendicular to each other.
p
● B = BC = CD = AD and∠𝐴 = ∠𝐵 = ∠𝐶 = ∠𝐷 = 90°
A
● Diagonals bisect each other at right angles andformfour
right angled isosceles triangles.
xample:-ABCD is a quadrilateral in which AB ∥ DC.E and F
E
● Diagonals are of equal length i.e.AC = BD.
are the midpoints of the diagonals AC and BD, respectively. If
AB = 18 cm and CD = 6 cm, then EF = ?
5) KITE :
SSC CGL TIER 2 (29 / 01/22)
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 6 (d) 12
Solution :-
2
π𝑟
Diameter = 2 × radius, Perimeter =(π+ 2)r, Area =
2
Properties of circles
I mportant Formulae: 1).Equal chords of a circle subtend equal angle atthe centre.
1)Circumference of circle = 2πr, If AD = BC then, ∠ AOD = ∠COB
2
2)Area of circle =π𝑟
θ
𝑙) = 2πr×
3)Length of Arc ( ……(θ is in degree)
360
xample :- In a circle of radius 14 cm, an arc subtends an
E
angle of 90°atthecenter.Thelengthofarc(incm)isequal
to:
22
Take (π = )
7 xample:- In the given figure O is thecentreofthecircle.If
E
SC CHSL 02/08/2023 (3rd Shift)
S ∠𝑃𝐴𝐵 = 35°, then find∠ARS.
(a) 22 (b) 18 (c) 20 (d) 24
θ
Solution :-Length of the arc = × 2π𝑟
360°
90° 22
= × 2× × 14
60°
3 7
1 22
= × 2× × 14= 22 cm
4 7
θ
1)Perimeter of sector = [2r + × (2𝜋r)]
360
48
From the given figure, MQ = = 24 cm
2
40
and NS = = 20 cm
2
x + y = 22 ----------- (1)
In△MOQ, we have :
2 2 2
𝑟 =𝑥 +24 ----------- (2)
In△NOS, we have :
PRB = 35° (angle made by same chord)
∠ 2 2 2
∠ARB = 90° ( Angle made by diameter) 𝑟 =𝑦 +20 ----------- (3)
∠ARP = 90 - 35 = 55° From equation (2) and (3) we have :
2 2 2 2
∠ARS = 180- 55 = 125° 𝑥 +24 =𝑦 +20
2 2
⇒ 𝑥 + 576 =𝑦 + 400
2 2
). The angle subtended by an arc at the centre isdoublethe
3 ⇒ 𝑥 -𝑦 = - 176 ⇒ (x - y)(x + y)= - 176
angle subtended by it at any point on the circumference of circle. (x - y)22 = - 176 (from eqn(1))
x - y = - 8 ----------- (4)
Solving eqn(1) and (4) we have :
x = 7 and y = 15
Now putting x = 7 in eqn(2), we get :
r = 49 + 576= 25 cm
Exam hall approach :-
xample :- InacirclewithcentreO, ChordABanddiameter
E Pythagoras triplets→
CDintersecteachotheratpointE,insidethecircle.If∠AOD= (15 , 20 ,25) and (7 , 24 ,25)
42° and ∠BOC = 104° then what is the measure (in degrees) of 20 and 24 are the given chords of the circle .
∠AED ? Distance between the chord = (15 + 7)
SSC CHSL 04/08/2021 (Evening) = 22 cm
(a) 73° (b) 62° (c) 58° (d) 84° Given conditions satisfied .
Solution :- Clearly , radius of the circle = 25 cm
5) Chords equidistant from the centre of a circle are equal in
length. AB = CD
) The perpendicular from the centre of a circle to a chord
4
bisects the chord.
Example:-MNisthediameterofacirclewithcentreO.Pand
are twopointsonthecircumferenceofthecircleoneither
S
sideofMN,suchthat∠PMN=50°and∠MNS=35°.Whatis
the degree measure of the difference of ∠PMS and ∠PNS ?
SSC CHSL 04/08/2023 (3rd Shift)
Example:-PQandRSaretwoparallelchordsofacirclesuch
(a) 25° (b) 55° (c) 65° (d) 30°
t hat PQ is 48 cm and RS is 40 cm.Ifthechordsareonthe
Solution:-
opposite sides ofthecentreandthedistancebetweenthem
is 22 cm, what is the radius (in cm) of the circle?
SSC CPO 09/11/2022 (Afternoon)
(a) 25 (b) 24 (c) 35 (d) 22
Solution :-
). Equal chords of two equal circles subtend equal angles at
8
their centres and vice versa.
If AB = PQ then, ∠ AOB = ∠POQ S = SR
Q
If ∠AOB = ∠POQ then, AB = PQ So , ∠PQR = ∠PRQ = 40°
PQ = PR
So , ∠SQR = ∠SRQ = 60°
Now , ∠SRP = 60°− 40° = 20°
10) A circle externally touch side QR of a ∆PQR at A, PQ
roduced at S and PR produced at T. Then perimeter of
p
∆PQR ?
xample :- In the given figure, if ∠RPS = 25°, the value of
E
∠ROS is _______ .
xample:-Aisapointatadistance26cmfromthecentreO
E
SC CHSL 27/05/2022 (Afternoon)
S ofacircleofradius10cm.APandAQarethetangentstothe
(a) 155° (b) 145° (c) 135° (d) 165° circle at the point of contacts P and Q . If a tangent BC is
Solution :- drawnatapointRlyingontheminorarcPQtointersectAPat
B and AQ at C, then the perimeter of∆ABC is:
SSC CHSL 20/10/2020 (Morning)
(a) 40 cm (b) 48 cm (c) 46 cm (d) 42 cm
Solution :-
25°
∠ORS =∠OSR =
2
In△ORS,
25° 5°
2 AO = 26 cm , PO = OQ = 10 cm
∠ROS = 180° -( + )
2
2
2 2
= 180° - 25° = 155° P = 26 − 10 = 24
A
AP = AQ = 24 cm
we know,
9).PAandPBaretwotangents,Oisthecenterofthecircleand AP + AQ = AB + BC + AC
and S are the points on the circle, then
R 24 + 24 = AB + BC + AC
the perimeter of∆ABC = 24 + 24 = 48 cm
Example:-ΔPQRandΔSQRarebothisoscelestrianglesona
ommon base QRsuchthatPandSlieonthesamesideof
c AB + CD = AD + BC
QR. If ∠QSR = 60° and ∠QPR = 100°, then find ∠SRP.
SSC CHSL 03/08/2023 (1st Shift)
(a) 80° (b) 60° (c) 100° (d) 20° Example :- A circle touches all four sides of a quadrilateral
12). Two chords AB and CD of a circle intersect, internally or
xternally, at E then:
e △AOC ≅△BOC (by RHS)
𝐴 𝐸× 𝐸 𝐵 = 𝐶𝐸× 𝐸 𝐷 In△AOC , we have:
𝑂
𝐴 3
Tan30° = =
𝐴𝐶 𝐴𝐶
1 3
⇒
= ⇒AC = 3 3
cm
3 𝐴𝐶
oncepts:-PA × PB = PC × PD
C
….( intersecting chord theorem) SSC CGL 14/07/2023 (1st shift)
⇒ 8 × 12 = 8 × PD⇒ PD = 12 cm 14
1 14
4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 3 3 3
Solution :-Using tangent and secant formula :-
3). The tangent to a circle at a point on its circumference is
1 2
perpendicular to the radius at that point. 𝑃𝑇 = PA × PB⇒ 64 = 6 × (6 +𝑥)
32 4
1
OI⊥ PT ⇒(6 +𝑥) = ⇒ 𝑥 = cm
3
3
16).Anglemadebyachordwithatangentisalwaysequaltothe
ngle made by that chord in any point of circumference.
a
∠𝑃𝑇𝐴 = ∠𝐴 𝐵𝑇
14).TwotangentsPAandPBaredrawnfromanexternalpointP
n a circle with center O is equal.
o
2 2
Length of transverse tangent (L) = 𝑑 − (𝑟1 + 𝑟2)
8). If two circles touch each other externally, then distance
1
between their centres is the sum of their radius. xample:-Ifthedistancebetweenthecentresoftwocircles
E
is12cmandtheradiiare5cmand4cm,thenthelength(in
cm) of the transverse common tangent is :
SSC CHSL 02/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
( a) 9 (b) 143 (c) 63 (d) 7
Solution :-
Here, PQ = R + r
Length of transverse common tangent
2
9). If two circles touch each other internally, then distance
1 ( )2 2
= 𝑑 − 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 = 12 − (5 + 4)
2
19)TwocirclesofradiiRandrintersectsandABisthecommon
hord, then
c
𝐴𝐵
AQ = BQ =
2
Here, PQ = R - r
∠𝐴 𝑄𝑃 = ∠𝐴 𝑄𝑂= 90◦
Direct common Tangents :-
2 2
AP=90°i.e.ThetangentofacircleatpointAorB
0)When ∠O
2
Length of direct common tangent (L) = 𝑑 − (𝑟1 − 𝑟2) passes through the centre of the other circle.
Where, d = distance between two centers and𝑟1, 𝑟2 are radii of
the circles.
xample:- Radiioftwocirclesare20cmand4cm.Lengthof
E
the direct common tangent is 30 cm. What is the distance
between their centres ? (in cm) 2
OP = 𝑅 + 𝑟
2
ythagoras triplets→
P
(15 , 20 ,25) and (7 , 24 ,25)
20 and 24 are the given chords of the circle .
Distance between the chord = (15 + 7)
= 22 cm
Given conditions satisfied .
Clearly , radius of the circle = 25 cm
In∆𝐴 𝐵𝐶,
AB = BC = CA … (radius)
So ,∆𝐴 𝐵𝐶is an equilateral triangle with side equalsto 21 cm. ii) Same side of centre
3×𝑠 𝑖𝑑𝑒
Height of equilateral triangle =
2
21 3
= cm.
2
Now, Length of chord CD=2 × CO
= 21 3cm. 2 2 2
𝑟 =𝑃𝐶 + 𝑋 ------------- (i)
2 2 2
𝑟 =𝐴 𝑄 + (𝑑) ------------ (ii)
hen two chords are drawn parallel in a circle :-
W
i) Opposite side of centre
xample :- PQ and RS are two parallel chordsofacircleof
E
length 10 cm and 24 cm, respectively, and lie on the same
side of the centreO.Ifthedistancebetweenthechordsis7
cm, what is the radius (in cm) of the circle?
SSC CHSL 03/06/2022 (Afternoon)
2 2 2 (a) 11 (b) 9 (c) 13 (d) 7
𝑟 =𝐴 𝑃 + 𝑋 ------------- (i)
2 2 2
Solution :-
𝑟 =𝐶𝑄 + (𝑑 − 𝑥) ------------ (ii)
xample:-PQandRSaretwoparallelchordsofacirclesuch
E
that PQ is 48 cm and RS is 40 cm.Ifthechordsareonthe
opposite sides ofthecentreandthedistancebetweenthem
is 22 cm, what is the radius (in cm) of the circle? 𝑃𝑄 0
1 𝑆
𝑅 4
2
SSC CPO 09/11/2022 (Afternoon) BQ= = =5cm,AS= = =12cm,AB=7cm,
2
2
2
2
(a) 25 (b) 24 (c) 35 (d) 22 Q = OS = r
O
Solution :- In△BOQ,
2 2 2
𝑂𝐵 +𝐵𝑄 =𝑂𝑄
2 2 2
(7 + 𝑥) +5 =𝑟 ……….. (1)
In△OAS,
2 2 2
𝑂𝐴 +𝐴 𝑆 =𝑂𝑆
48 2 2 2
From the given figure, MQ = = 24 cm ⇒ 𝑥 + 12 =𝑟 …………. (2)
2
From equation (1) and (2) We get,
40
and NS = = 20 cm (7 + 𝑥)2 +52 =𝑥2 +122
2
2 2
x + y = 22 ----------- (1) 9 +𝑥 + 14x + 25 =𝑥 + 144
4
In△MOQ, we have : 74 + 14x = 144
2 2 2
𝑟 =𝑥 +24 ----------- (2) ⇒ 14x = 70 ⇒ x = 5 cm
In△NOS, we have : Now putting x = 5 in equation (2)
2 2 2 𝑟 2 =52 +122 = 169 ⇒ r = 13 cm
𝑟 =𝑦 +20 ----------- (3)
From equation (2) and (3) we have :
2 2 2 2
𝑥 +24 =𝑦 +20 • Two Chords AB and CD of a circle with center O,intersect each
2 2 other at P. If ∠AOC = x° and ∠BOD = y° then the value of ∠BPD
⇒ 𝑥 + 576 =𝑦 + 400
2 2 is :-
⇒ 𝑥 -𝑦 = - 176 ⇒ (x - y)(x + y)= - 176
(x - y)22 = - 176 (from eqn(1))
x - y = - 8 ----------- (4)
Solving eqn(1) and (4) we have :
x = 7 and y = 15
Now putting x = 7 in eqn(2), we get :
r = 49 + 576= 25 cm 𝑥+𝑦
Short Trick :- ∠BPD =
2
2
𝑟 = 𝑟1 × 𝑟3
I f the diagonal of cyclic quadrilateral bisects other diagonal
then:-
and
𝑟2 𝑟3 +𝑠𝑖𝑛θ
1
= =
𝑟1 𝑟2 1−𝑠𝑖𝑛θ
Triangle
Special Cases
2
1)Equilateral Triangle-All sides are equal and each angle is60° Side (a) = (ℎ1 + ℎ2 + ℎ3)
3
2
= ( 3+ 2 3+ 5 3) = 16 cm
3
Perimeter of equilateral triangle = 3 × a = 48 cm
2
2 ℎ
3
● Area = 𝑎 =
4
3
3
● Height = 𝑎
2
● Perimeter = 3𝑎
𝑎
ℎ
● Inradius(r) = =
2 3 3
𝑎 2ℎ
2
π 2 2
● Circumradius(R) = = ● Area of shaded part = (𝑟 + 𝑟 2 +𝑟3)
3 3 6 1
2
𝑎
3 π 2 2 2
● Area of unshaded part = − (𝑟 + 𝑟 2 +𝑟3)
2 4 1
6
xample:-Iftheareaofanequilateraltriangleis25 3 c𝑚 ,
E
then the length of each side of the triangle is :
RRC Group D 23/08/2022 ( Afternoon ) xample :- Three horses are tethered with 7 meter long
E
(a) 12 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 8 cm (d)10 cm ropes at the three cornersofatriangularfieldhavingsides
20m , 34m and 42m. The area of the plot which can be
3 2
Solution :-Area of equilateral triangle = × (𝑠 𝑖𝑑𝑒) grazedbythehorsesandtheareaoftheplotwhichremains
4
ungrazed
3 2 25 3×4 Solution :-
⇒ × (𝑠 𝑖𝑑𝑒) = 25 3⇒ 𝑠 𝑖𝑑𝑒 = = 10 cm
4 3
2
π 2 2
Area of shaded part :- (𝑟 + 𝑟 2 +𝑟3)
6 1
IfP1,P2andP3areperpendiculartoasidefromapointinside
t he triangle, then
π 2 2 2 2
((7) +(7) +(7) ) = 77𝑚
6
Area of unshaded part :-
20+34+42
Semiperimeter of triangle = = 48 m
2
Area of triangle = 𝑠 (𝑠 − 𝑎)(𝑠 − 𝑏)(𝑠 − 𝑐 )
2
= 48(48 − 20)(48 − 34)(48 − 42) = 336𝑚 2
1
2 ● Area = 𝑎
So, area of unshaded part = (336 - 77) = 259𝑚 2
● Hypotenuse (b) = a 2
2)Scalene Triangle–Sides are of unequal lengths.
Example :- The area of an isosceles right- angled triangle
hose perimeter is 16 cm is:
w
Delhi Police H.C.M. 12/10/2022 (Evening)
( a) 32(5 - √2) cm² ( b) 64(3 - 3√3) cm²
(c) 56(3 - √2) cm² (d) 64(3 - 2√2)cm²
Area = 𝑠 (𝑠 − 𝑎)(𝑠 − 𝑏)(𝑠 − 𝑐 ) This formula is called
● olution:-Letthetwosidesandhypotenuseofaisosceles
S
Heron's formula. right - angled triangle be x and y respectively Using
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 pythagoras theorem, we have
Where, Semi - perimeter (𝑠 ) = 2
2 2 2 2
𝑦
𝑦
● Perimeter =𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 2𝑥
=𝑦 ⇒ 𝑥 = ⇒ 𝑥=
2
2
xample:-Findtheareaofatrianglewhosesidesmeasure
E 2x + y = 16 (Given)
42 cm, 36 cm and 34 cm, respectively. 𝑦
2 × + y = 16 ,
RRC Group D 06/10/2022 (Morning) 2
(a) 112 110cm² (b) 56 110cm² 16
y( 2+ 1) = 16 , y =
2+1
(c) 14 55cm² (d) 28 55cm²
2
1
Solution :-Sides = 42, 36 and 34 Area of isosceles triangle = 𝑥
2
42+36+34 2
S = = 56
1
𝑦 1 16 2 64
2 = × × (
= ) = 2
2 2
4 +1
2 ( 2+1)
Area of triangle =
64 64
56× (56 − 42)× (56 − 36)× (56 − 34) = = (on rationalization)
2+1+2 2 3+2 2
Area of triangle = 56× 14× 20× 22 2
= 64(3 - 2 2)𝑐 𝑚
Area of triangle = 4× 14× 14× 4× 5× 2× 11
2
Area of triangle = 56 110𝑐 𝑚
4)Right angle Triangle:- One of the angles is 90° .
) Isosceles Triangle :- two sides and two angles are equal.
3
Altitude bisects the base.
t wosidescontainingtherightangleare4cm and3cm.The
radius of its incircle is :
RRB NTPC CBT - I 15/02/2021 (Morning)
(a) 1 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm
Solution :-
(b) Path Outside A Rectangular Field :- Here, a = side;𝑑1 and𝑑2 are diagonals.
1
● Area = × 𝑑1 × 𝑑2
2
1 2 2
● Side (a) = 𝑑1 + 𝑑2
2
● Perimeter = 4a
2 2 2
●4𝑎 = 𝑑1 + 𝑑2
● Diagonals bisect each other at right angles.
Area of path = 2d (l + b + 2d)
● Example:- Findthearea(incm²)oftherhombus,lengthsof
● Perimeter = 4(l + b + 2d) hose diagonals are, respectively, 7.5 cm and 5.6 cm.
w
SSC MTS 11/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
(a) 21 (b) 28 (c) 27 (d) 30
Example :- A path 6m wide runs around and outside of a
r ectangularplotoflength 10mandbreadth8m.Findthe area
1
Solution :-Area of rhombus = × 𝑑1 × 𝑑2
2 2
(in𝑚 ) of path ?
Regular Polygon
Inaregularpolygonallsidesandallinterioranglesareequal.A
polygon is called a pentagon, hexagon , heptagon , octagon,
Here, a and b are parallel sides and h is the height or nonagon and a decagon as they have 5, 6, 7 , 8, 9, 10 sides,
erpendicular distance between a and b.
p respectively.
1 If each side of a regular polygon of ‘n’ sides is equal to ‘a’ then:
● Area = × height× sum of parallel side
2 6.9
2
● Area of regular pentagon = × 𝑎
1 4
= × ℎ× (𝑎 + 𝑏)
2 3 2
● Area of regular hexagon =6× 𝑎
4
xample:-Afieldisintheshapeofatrapeziumwhoseparallel
E
360°
sides are 200 mand400mlong,whereaseachoftheother ● each exterior angle =
2
𝑛
t wo sides is 260 m long . what is the area (in𝑚 ) of the field ? ● Sum of all exterior angles = 360°
SSC CPO 11/12/2019 (Morning) (𝑛−2)
(a) 48000 (b) 52000 (c) 72000 (d) 60000 ● Each interior angle =
𝑛
× 180°
Solution:- Each interior angle = 180°- exterior angle
●
● Sum of all interior angles =(𝑛 − 2)× 180
𝑛(𝑛−3)
● Number of diagonals =
2
Example:-Whatistheareaofaregularhexagonthelengthof
ach of whose sides is 4 cm?
e
In∆𝐴 𝐷𝐸, by pythagoras theorem
2 2 2
RRC Group D 27/09/2022 ( Morning )
⇒ 260 − 100 = 𝐴 𝐸 2 2 2 2
2
(a) 24 3𝑐 𝑚 (b) 27 3𝑐 𝑚 (c)25 3𝑐 𝑚 (d) 26 3𝑐 𝑚
⇒ 360 × 160 = 𝐴 𝐸
3
⇒ AE = 6× 4× 10⇒ 𝐴 𝐸 = 240 Solution:-Area of regular hexagon = 6 × × a²
4
1
area of trapezium = × (200 + 400)× 240 3
2 ⇒ 6 × × 4 × 4 = 24 3cm²
4
= 600× 120 = 72000m2
) Kite:- Akiteisaquadrilateralinwhichtwopairsofadjacent
6 xample:- If the ratio of an external angle and an internal
E
sides are equal. angleofaregularpolygonis1:5,thenwhatisthenumberof
sides in the polygon?
SSC MTS 22/07/2022 (Afternoon)
(a) 24 (b) 22 (c) 12 (d) 30
Solution : -
ratio of an external angle and an internal angle = 1:5
As per question,
x + 5x = 180 ⇒ x = 30
360° 60
3
● djacent sides are equal in length. i.e, AB = AC , BD = DC
a Number of sides (𝑛) = = = 12
𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 0
3
● The longer diagonal bisects the shorter diagonal.
i.e,BO = 0C
● Perimeter = 2 (a + b) Example:- The number of diagonals in a 28-gon is:
1
● rea = × 𝑑1×
A 𝑑2 Solution :-Number of diagonals in a polygon withn sides
2
𝑛(𝑛−3)
=
2
NOTE : Important Points about Quadrilaterals :-
Number of diagonals in a polygon with n sides
.The diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
1 28(28−3) 28×25
2. Diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into two triangles of = = = 350
2 2
equal area.
Example :- The length of a rectangle is increased by 25%
Circular Ring nd breadth was decreased by 20% then what will be the
a
percentage change in the area of the rectangle?
IBPS Clerk Pre 12/12/2020 (2nd Shift)
(a) 10 % increase (b) 0% (c) 15% increase
(d) 25% increase (e) 20% decrease
1
1
Solution :-25%= ,20%=
4 5
nd case
2 5 : 4 = 20
No changes in area in any case
Exam all approach:-
25×20
Using successive method = 25 - 20 -
100
= 0 % (change in area) 𝑎×𝑐
● side of square, x =
𝑎+𝑐
𝑎×𝑐 2
3. All the sides of any two dimensional figure changedbya%, ● area of inscribed square = ( )
𝑎+𝑐
2
𝑎
then its area will change by (2a+ )%
100 3.In the following figure:
Note:-Whenever there is a decrease, use negativevalue for ‘a’
6. The area of the largest triangle inscribed in a semicircle of
1 1 1
2
radius r is equal to𝑟 . ● = +
𝑐 𝑎 𝑏
𝑏×ℎ
● Side of the square =
𝑏+ℎ
Solution :- According to the question,
Example:-inthegivenfigurebaseandheightofthetriangle et the radius of the circle a is𝑥cm.
L
BCis10and8cmrespectively.PQRSisasquarethenthe
A 1 1 1
then , formula :- = +
side length of the square. 𝑐 𝑎 𝑎
1 1 1
1 +1
1
⇒ = + = = ⇒ 𝑥= 80,𝑥= 80 cm
20 𝑥 𝑥 20 𝑥
𝑟
● Side of square=
2
𝑟
Radius of small circle = ( 2− 1)R ● Area of square = ( ) 2
2
⇒ ( 2− 1)24 ● Area of shaded region = area of quadrant - area of square
2
1 𝑟 2
= πr - ( )
4 2
6.In the following figure
●Areaofshadedregion=areaofsquare-areaofonecomplete
ircle.
c
7.If‘r’betheradiusof3identicalcirclesthen,Radius(x)ofthe
ircle touching all the 3 circles is as shown:
c
olution :-
S
Areaofshadedregion=areaofsquare-areaofonecomplete
2 2
circle⇒ 56 - 22 × 28 × 28 = 672𝑐 𝑚
7
Exam hall approach:-
2− 3 2 6
6
● x = × r Area of shaded region= 𝑟 = 7 ×28 × 28 = 672𝑐 𝑚2
3 7
Equilateral 2 ℎ
3
2 3𝑎
𝑎 =
Triangle 4
3
Right angle
1
× 𝑏× 𝑝
𝑝 + 𝑏 + ℎ
Triangle 2
Rhombus
1
× 𝑑1 × 𝑑2
4a 2 2 2
4𝑎 = 𝑑1 + 𝑑2
2
1 2 2
Side (a) = 𝑑1 + 𝑑2
2
Trapezium
1
× height× sum of parallel side
Sum of all sides
2
Or
1
× ℎ× (𝑎 + 𝑏)
2
Kite
1
× 𝑑1× 𝑑2
2 (a + b)
2
Circle = π𝑟
2 2π𝑟
2π𝑅 − 2π𝑟
6
10 km = 10 ×10 mm
bjectsorshapethathasthreedimensionsi.e.x,y,z iscalled
O
Example 2 :-Convert 10 mm into km, cm and m ?
a 3D object or shape 10 −5
Solution :-10 mm = 6 = 10 km
10
0
1
10 mm = = 1 cm
10
10 −2
10 mm = 3 = 10 m
10
Example:-Acuboidalwatertankis12mlong,9mwideand
.5 m deep. How many litres of water can it hold?
7 Example :-The volume of a cube is 2.197 cm³. Findthe side
SSC CHSL 08/08/2023 (1st Shift) ( cm ) of the cube
(a) 840000 (b) 805000 (c) 780000 (d) 810000 SSC MTS 19/05/2023 (Morning)
3 (a) 1.3 (b) 1.4 (c) 1.1 (d) 1.2
olution : - 1𝑚
S = 1000 litre
Solution :-Let side of cube = a
Volume of cuboid = l × b × h = 12 × 9 × 7.5
According to the question,
3
= 810𝑚 = 810000 litre 3
Volume of cube (𝑎 ) = 2.197
3
a = 2. 197= 1.3 cm
Some Other Important Unit Conversion
Cutting of Cube :-
1).CuttingCubehorizontallyorVerticallytooneoftheside,then
ne cut adds two new surfaces
o
Cuboid
A rectangular body having 3D rectangular shape, is called a
uboid.
c
Example :- A swimming pool is 40 m in length, 30 m in
Room
2 2
Volume of hollow cylinder =π(𝑅 − 𝑟 )ℎ
●
rectangularroomhasfourwalls(surfaces)andoppositewalls
A ● Curved surface area =2π(𝑅 + 𝑟)ℎ
have equal area. ● Total surface area =2π(𝑅 + 𝑟)ℎ + 2π(𝑅 − 𝑟 )
2 2
● Total Area of walls =2(𝑙 + 𝑏)× ℎ =2π(𝑅 + 𝑟){ℎ + 𝑅 − 𝑟}
● Total volume of the room =𝑙× 𝑏× ℎ Where, R = External radius of cylinder , r = internal radius of
● Area of floor or roof =𝑙× 𝑏 cylinder , h = height
Example:-Volumeofmaterialusedinconstructingahollow
xample:-Thelength,breadth,andheightofaroomare10m,
E ylinderofheight24cmandthickness1cmis96π.Whatis
c
8 m and 6 m respectively. Findthecostofwhitewashingthe the sum of the Internal and external radius ?
walls of the room and the ceiling at the rate of ₹7.50 per m². RRB JE 24/05/2019 (Evening)
SSC CGL 24/07/2023 (2nd shift) (a) 7 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm
(a) Rs.2220 (b) Rs.1850 (c) Rs.2150 (d) Rs.2000 Solution :- Given:-h = 24 cm,
Solution :-Given, length = 10m, breadth = 8m, height= 6m thickness (R - r) = 1 cm
Area of four walls = 2 (l + b) × h We know that volume of hollow cylinder = π(R² - r²) × h
= 2(10 + 8) × 6 = 216 m2 ⇒ π [ (R + r) (R - r) ] × h = 96 π
Area of the ceiling = length × breadth = 10 × 8 = 80m2 ∵ { a² - b² = (a + b) (a - b) }
Cost of white washing the walls and ceiling = (216 + 80) × 7.5 6
9
⇒ (R + r) × 1 × 24 = 96 ⇒ (R + r) = = 4cm
= Rs. 2,220 24
Cylinder Embankment
2
Volume of cylinder = area of base× height =π𝑟 ℎ
●
● Lateral/Curved surface area = Perimeter of base× height
=2π𝑟ℎ
● Total surface Area = curved surface area + area of both the olume of the cylindrical well = Volume of the hollow
V
circles cylindrical embankment
2
2π𝑟 + 2π𝑟ℎ = 2π𝑟(𝑟 + ℎ)
= 2 2 2 2 2 2
⇒ π𝑟 𝐻=π [𝑅 − 𝑟 ]× ℎ⇒ 𝑟 𝐻= [𝑅 − 𝑟 ]× ℎ
● When the rectangular sheet is folded along its length, then the
length becomes the circumference of the base of the cylinder
and breadth becomes the height of the cylinder. Example:-Awellofradius2misdug16.8mdeep.Thesoil
t akenoutofitisspreadevenlyallaroundthewelltoforma48
cm high embankment. What is the width (in m) of the
xample :- Thelateralareaofacylinderis3168cm2 andits
E
embankment?
height is 48 cm. Find the volume. NTPC CBT II (13/06/2022) 2nd Shift
SSC CGL 19/07/2023 (2nd shift) (a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 9.6 (d) 8.4
(a) 5244 cm3 (b) 5544 cm3 (c) 5644 cm3 (d)16632 cm3 Solution :- Radius(r) = 2 m
Solution :-Lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2π𝑟ℎ Height = 16.8 m
According to the question, Let the radius of embankment = R
22 Width of embankment = R - r
2 × ×𝑟× 48 = 3168
7
As per question,
3168×7 21
𝑟=
= cm 22 2
2
2×22×48 2 × 2 × 2 × 16.8 = × (R2 - 4) × 0.48
7
7
2
Now, volume of the cylinder =π𝑟 ℎ 2 = 144 ⇒ R = 12
R
22 1
2 1
2 3 Width of embankment = R - r = 12 - 2 = 10 m
= × × × 48 = 16632𝑐 𝑚
7
2
2
A solid and round body with a round base and pointed peak. here :radius = Height , Height = Base and
W
slant height = Hypotenuse
Hint: to form a cone, the side through which the triangle is
r otated, always remains constant.
xample :-Arightangledtriangleofheight4cmandbase3
E
cm is rotated around the height of the triangle to a form a
22
cone. Find the volume of cone formed. (Takeπ = )
1 2
1 7
● Volume =
3
×𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎×height = 3
π𝑟 ℎ Solution : - According to the question,
2 2
● Slant height (
𝑙) = 𝑟 + ℎ
2 2
● Curved surface area =π𝑟𝑙 = π𝑟 𝑟 + ℎ
2
Total surface area =π𝑟𝑙 + π𝑟 =π𝑟(𝑙 + 𝑟)
●
● Cone formed by rotating right angled triangle about its height:
2
1
1 2
2 2 52
3 3
Volume of a cone = π𝑟 h = × ×(4) × 3 = 𝑐 𝑚
2
3 3
7
7
Example :- The area of the baseofaconeis186.34 𝑐 𝑚 .If
t heheightoftheconeisnineseventhofitsradius,thenwhat
3 2). Rotation of Right Angle triangle along Height :-
is its volume (in𝑐 𝑚 ) ?
DDA JE (Civil) 01/04/2023 (Morning)
3
(a) 614.922 (b) 611.657 (c) 612.754𝑐 𝑚 (d) 613.841
2 2
Solution :-Area of base of cone = π𝑟 = 186.34𝑐 𝑚 ,
2 186.3 4×7 2
𝑟 = = 59.29𝑐 𝑚 =𝑟= 7.7 cm,
22
9×7.7
Height of cone = = 9.9 cm, adius of Cone = Base of Triangle
R
7
1 2 1 22 Height of cone = Height of Triangle
Volume of cone = π𝑟 ℎ= × × 7.7× 7.7× 9.9
3 3 7
3
here:radius=Base,Height(cone)=Height(triangle)andslant
W
= 614.922𝑐 𝑚 height = Hypotenuse
xample:-Thecircumferenceofbaseofarightcircularcone
E xample :- A rightangledtriangleofheight4cmandbase3
E
is88cm.Iftheheightoftheconeis28cm,thenwhatisthe cmisrotatedaroundtheheightofthetriangletoformacone.
Find the volume and surface area of cone formed.
curved surface area of the cone ? 22
SSC CHSL 09/03/2023 (2nd Shift) (Takeπ = )
7
2 2 2 2
( a) 670 3𝑐 𝑚 (b) 616 5𝑐 𝑚 (c) 627 3𝑐 𝑚 (d) 661 5𝑐 𝑚 Solution :-
Solution :-According to the question,
Circumference of the base of the cone
(2𝛑r) = 88cm
7
1
Then, r =88× × = 14cm
22 2
Slant height of the cone (
𝑙)
2 2 2 2
= (𝑟) + (ℎ) = (14) + (28) = 980= 14 5 ccording to the question,
A
The height of the triangle is rotated to form a cone.
Therefore, curved surface area of the cone (𝛑r
𝑙)
Then, Height of the cone = 4 cm and radius of a cone = 3 cm
22 2
= × 14× 14 5= 616 5𝑐 𝑚 2
1
1 2
2 2 64
2 3
7 ⇒ Volume of a cone = π𝑟 h = × ×(3) × 4 = 𝑐 𝑚
3 3
7
7
Using Triplet (3 , 4 , 5 ) = slant height of a cone = 5 cm
22 64
2 2
Formation Of Cones By Rotating Triangles ⇒ Surface area of a cone =πr𝑙=
7
× 3 × 4 =
7
𝑐 𝑚
θ
R = 𝑟
360
Example:-Asolidfrustumofaconeisofheight8cm.Ifthe
r adii of its lower and upper ends are 3 cm and 9 cm
4 3 3
● Volume of hollow sphere = π(𝑅 − 𝑟 )
respectively, then its slant height is: 3
RRB NTPC CBT - I 11/03/2021 (Morning) ● Internal surface area =4π𝑟
2
3
xample:-Ifthevolumeofasphereis24,416.64𝑐 𝑚 ,findits
E
Hemisphere
surface area (take π = 3.14) correct to two places of decimal.
SSC CGL 03/12/2022 (1st Shift)
2 2
(a) 3069.55𝑐 𝑚 (b) 4069.44𝑐 𝑚
2 2
(c) 5069.66𝑐 𝑚 (d) 6069.67𝑐 𝑚
4 3
Solution :- volume of a sphere = × π𝑟
3
4 3
2
Now,24416. 64= × 3. 14× 𝑟 ● Volume of the hemisphere =
3
π𝑟
3 3
3 7776×3 2
𝑟 = = 5832 ⇒ r = 18 cm ● Total surface area =3π𝑟
4
2
Now, surface area of sphere =4π𝑟
2 ● Curved surface area =2π𝑟
2 Where, r = radius
= 4 × 3.14 × 18 × 18 ⇒ 4069.44𝑐 𝑚
Example :- The total surface area of a solid hemisphere is
Cutting of sphere symmetrically from center :-
158 cm². Find its volume (in cm³).
4
SSC CPO 05/10/2023 (1st Shift)
(a) 9702 (b) 19404 (c) 1848 (d) 462
2
Solution :-T.S.A of hemisphere = 3π𝑟
2 2 4158×7
⇒ 3π𝑟 = 4158⇒ 𝑟 = ⇒ 𝑟 = 21𝑐 𝑚
3×22
Volume of hemisphere
2 22 3
= × × 21× 21× 21=19404𝑐 𝑚
3 7
2
● 1 cut increases area = 2π𝑟
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 40
Pinnacle Mensuration (3D)
Hexagonal Heptagonal
Example :- The total surface area ofahemisphereis64.57
2 2
𝑐 𝑚 . Find its curved surface area(𝑐 𝑚 ).
SSC CHSL 08/06/2022 (Morning)
(a) 64.57 (b) 53.44 (c) 43.04 (d) 33.04
Solution :-
The total surface area of a hemisphere = 64.57 cm2
22
⇒ 3πr2 = 64.57 ⇒ 3 ×
r2 = 64.57⇒ r2 = 6.848
× → 8 faces(2 Hexagonal and
7 → 9 faces(2 Hexagonal and 7
22 6 rectangular)
urved surface area = 2 ×
C × 6.848 = 43.04cm2 rectangular)
7 → 18 edges
→ 19 edges
→ 12 vertices
→ 14 vertices
Spherical Cap Octagonal Trapezoidal
here:r=radiusofbaseofthecap,R=radiusofthesphere,h
W
● Volume of prism = area of base× height
= height of the spherical cap and θ = angle between the rays
from the centre of the sphere to the apex of the cap ● Lateral surface area = Perimeter of base× height
Using R and h Using r and h Using R andθ ● Total surface Area = Lateral surface area + area of base and
Pyramid
→ 7 faces(2 pentagonal and 5 → 6 faces(2 square and 4
rectangular) r ectangular) ote :- If the base is not round, it will be called a pyramid. A
N
→ 15 edges → 12 edges pyramid can have various shapes of the base example: square,
→ 10 vertices → 8 vertices rectangular, triangular etc.
1
And Area of its lateral face = × 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 × 𝑠 𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
2
1 15
= × 𝑠 𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡= 30 ⇒ 𝑠 𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡=
× 8
2 2
2 2
Height of the pyramid = 𝑙 − 𝑟
● Pyramid means a structure with regular polygon as its base xample :- A pyramidhasanequilateraltriangleasitsbase,
E
and sloping sides that meet in a point at the top. ofwhicheachsideis8cm.Itsslantedgeis24cm.Thewhole
● In Pyramid, with n sided regular polygon at its base, total urface area of the pyramid (in𝑐 𝑚 ) is:
s
2
1664
=𝑆𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
3
16×104
=𝑆𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
3
𝑆𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡=4 35cm
1 2
3 LSA =48 35cm
●Volume = × × h
𝑎 2
3 4 TSA = 16 3+48 35𝑐 𝑚
1
Curved Surface area = × 3a ×𝑙
●
2
(2) Rectangular Pyramid :-
𝑎 2 2
2 2
𝑙) = 𝑟 + ℎ =
●Slant Height( ( ) + ℎ
2 3
Example :- The base of a right pyramid is an equilateral
2
triangle with area 16 3 𝑐 𝑚 . If the area of oneofitslateral
2
1
1
f aces is 30𝑐 𝑚 , then its height (in cm) is: ● Curved Surface area = 2 × 𝑙×𝑙1+2 × 𝑏 ×𝑙2
2 2
SSC CGL Tier II (13/09/2019)
● Total Surface Area = C.S.A +𝑙b
209 739 643 611 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) ● Volume = ×𝑙b
× h
12 12 12 12
3
3 2 ● There are two slant height
Solution :- Area of an equilateral triangle = 𝑎
4
2
3 𝑏 2 2
⇒ 16 3= 𝑎 ⇒ a = 8 ● First slant height (𝑙1) = ( 2 ) + ℎ
4
Radius of the pyramid = inradius of the triangle
𝑙 2 2
=
𝑎
=
8
=
4 ● Second slant height (𝑙2) = ( 2 ) + ℎ
2 3 2 3 3
𝑎( 3−1)
● Shortest distance from vertex of cube to sphere=
2
(when 1 sphere in a cube)
● When two equal sphere in a cube, then
⇒ 3a = 2r(1 + 3)
1
● Curved Surface area = × 6a ×𝑙
2
1 2
3
● Total Surface Area = × 6a ×𝑙 + 6 ×
𝑎
2 4
1 3 2
Volume =
● 6 ×
× 𝑎 × h
3 4
2
3 2
● Slant Height(
𝑙) = ( 2
𝑎
) + ℎ
2 2
● Slant Edge = 𝑎 + ℎ 𝐸𝑑𝑔𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑒
𝑥
Radius of cylinder= = 2
2
Tetrahedron eight of cylinder = Edge of the cube
H
Then,
It is a 3D figure made by joining four equilateral triangles.
Volume of cube : Volume of cylinder
3 𝑥
⇒ 𝑥 : π( 2 )2 𝑥
22 1
⇒ 1 : 7
4
×
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑢𝑏𝑒 4
1
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 11
2 Example:-Arightcircularcylinderofmaximumpossiblesize
● Height of Tetrahedron (h) = 𝑎
3 iscutoutfromasolidwoodencube.Theremainingmaterial
3 of the cube is what percentage of the original cube?
● Slant height = 𝑎
2
∆ABC ∼∆ADE
𝐴𝐵 𝐵𝐶 ℎ 𝑟 2𝑟ℎ
⇒
= ⇒ = 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎=
𝐷
𝐴 𝐸
𝐷 ℎ−𝑎 2𝑟 +ℎ
2
Maximum cube inside the Hemisphere :-
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑢𝑏𝑒 1
2
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑠𝑝ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 11
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑒
8
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑆𝑝ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 27
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟
1
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑠𝑝ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒
3 Maximum Cone inside Cylinder :-
Example:-Acylinderisinscribedinasphere.Theradiusofthe
5
sphereis timestheheightofthecylinder.Whatistheratio
6
f the volume of the cylinder to the volume of the sphere?
o
NTPC CBT II (10/05/2022) 1st Shift
(a) 27 ∶ 50 (b)72 ∶ 125 (c)6 ∶ 5 (d)36 ∶ 25
Solution : - 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟
3
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑒 1
5
𝑅 5
Given :-R = h⇒
=
6 ℎ
6
otal height = 6 units
T
So half height = 3 units
Radius of sphere(R) = 5 units 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟
3
=
By pythagoras theorem 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑆𝑝ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 2
Radius of cylinder ( r ) = 𝑅² − ℎ²
25 − 9= 16= 4 units
=
xample :- A cylinder hassomewaterinitataheightof16
E
Now required ratio
cm.Ifasphereofradius9cmisputintoit,thenfindtherise
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑐𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 π×4×4×6 72 in the height of the water if the radius of the cylinder is 12 cm.
= 4
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑆𝑝ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 π×
5×5×5
1 25 SSC CPO 05/10/2023 (1st Shift)
3
(a) 1.6 cm (b) 8.75 cm (c) 8 cm (d) 6.75 cm
Solution :-According to the question,
Maximum Cylinder inside Cone :- Volume of cylinder = Volume of sphere
2 3
4
π𝑟 ℎ= π𝑟 ⇒ 12 × 12 × h
3
4 4×9×9×9
= 9 × 9 ×9 ⇒ h =
× ⇒ h = 6.75 cm
3 3×12×12
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑦𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟
4
=
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑜𝑓𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑒 9
Cube
Cuboid
Box
(𝑙 − 2𝑡) (𝑏 − 2𝑡)(ℎ − 2𝑡)
where, t = thickness of
box — —
Cylinder
Hollow
Cylinder
2 2
2π(𝑅 + 𝑟)ℎ+
π(𝑅 − 𝑟 )ℎ 2π(𝑅 + 𝑟)ℎ 2 2
2π(𝑅 − 𝑟 )
Cone
1
3
×𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒× π𝑟𝑙 + π𝑟 =
2
2 2
2
1 π𝑟𝑙 = π𝑟 𝑟 + ℎ π𝑟(𝑙 + 𝑟)
height = π𝑟 ℎ
3
Frustum
1 2 2 2 2
πh(
𝑟 + 𝑅 + 𝑟𝑅) π(𝑅 + 𝑟)𝑙 π{(𝑅 + 𝑟)𝑙 + 𝑅 + 𝑟 }
3
Sphere
3
4 2
π𝑟 4π𝑟
3 —
Hollow
phere
S
Hemisphere
2 3 2 2
π𝑟 2π𝑟 3π𝑟
3
Pyramid
1
× 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑜𝑓𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟× 𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 Lateral surface area
𝑠 𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡ℎ
3
2 + Area of base
× ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
Tetrahedron
1
× area of base×
3 3 2 3 2
3× a a × 4 = 3 a2
3
2 4 4
eight =
h
𝑎
2
1
Classification of Numbers
𝑝
(b)Fraction/Decimal:-Fractionsarewrittenintheformof ,
𝑞
here q≠0, while in decimals, the whole number part and
w
fractional part are connected through a decimal point, for
example, 0.5.
( a)Zero(0): Zeroisneitherapositivenoranegativeinteger.It
is a neutral number i.e. zero has no sign (+ or -).
( b) PositiveIntegers(Z+):Positivenumbersarecalledpositive
integers. These integerslieontherightsideof0onanumber
line.
(Z+) = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5…
( 2).ImaginaryNumbers(i):ImaginaryNumbersaredefinedas holeNumbers(W):-Anypositivenumberwithoutafractional
W
the square rootofthenegativenumberwhereitdoesn’thavea or decimal part is referred to as a whole number.
definite value. It is mostly written in the form of real number Examples: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4… etc.
multiplied by imaginary unit called “ 𝑖”.
aturalNumbers(N):-Allpositiveintegersfrom1toinfiniteare
N
Examples : − 3, 7
2 4
called natural numbers.
Note :-iota (i) = − 1, 𝑖 = - 1 ,𝑖 = 1 Examples :-1, 2, 3, 4 … etc.
Complexnumber:Acomplexnumberisthesumofarealnumber
Types of Natural Number
ndanimaginarynumber.Acomplexnumberisoftheforma+ib
a
and is usually represented by z.
rimenumber:Anumberwhichisdivisibleby1anditself.2is
P
Standard form :-
only an even prime number.
Example :-2, 3, 5, 7, 11, etc.
Note :-
Total prime no. between 1 - 50 → 15
Total prime no. between 50 - 100 →10
Total prime no. between 1 - 100 → 25
Total prime no. between 1 - 500 → 95
Types of Real Number Total prime no. between 1 - 1000 → 168
ote:-Everyprimenumbercanbewrittenin(6x±1)form,But
N
(a) Rational Numbers : Numbers whose exact value can be
𝑝 every (6x±1) may not be a prime number .
determined.Alsoanumberwhichcanbewrittenintheform , Example :-6 × 3 - 1 = 17 (Prime No) ,
𝑞
herepandqareintegersandq≠0iscalledarational number.
w 6 × 4 + 1 = 25 (Not Prime No)
For example,
3
4
9 22
Unity Number :- A number representing a single or the only
Examples : = 0.75, = 0.8, , etc. ntity. For example, a line segment of unit length is a line
e
4 5 −5 7
segment of length 1.
( b)IrrationalNumbers:Numberswhoseexactvaluecannotbe
determined. A number whose decimal expansion is Composite number :A number which has two or morethan 2
or finding whether any number is a prime number or not,we
F
need to find the nearest square root ofgivennumber,thenwe
he factors of a number are the numbers that divide it
T
need to find out whether the given number is divisible by any
completely without leaving any remainder.
prime number less than the obtained number or not. If it is
divisiblethenitisnotaprimenumberandifnotdivisiblethenit
Example:-24canbecompletelydividedby1,2,3,4,6,8,12and
is a prime number.
4, so these numbers are factors of 24.
2
xample :-Find whether 177 is a prime number or not.
E
Solution:-Nearestsquarerootof177is13.Nowweneedto Primefactorisationofanumber:-Whenanumberiswrittenin
checkwhether177isdivisiblebyprimenumberslessthan13. t he form of multiplication of its primefactors,it'scalledprime
On checking wefindthat177isdivisibleby3.Hence,177is factorisation.
not a prime number. i.e.Prime factorisation of 24.
Decimal Number
3 1
24→ 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 or2 × 3
FindtotalNumberoffactors:-Tofindthenumberoffactorswe
ritethenumberintheformofprimefactorsandthenadd+1to
w
the exponent of prime factors and multiply them.
𝑝
Terminating decimal :- Can be writtenin
𝑞
formwhere 𝑞 ≠ 0 If N = ap × bq × cr × …
and haveafinitenumberofdigitsafterthedecimalpoint.They Then the total number of factors = (p + 1) × (q + 1)× (r + 1)...
3 1
2 i.e.24 =2 × 3
are also called rational numbers i.e. , 0.4 →
5 Number of factors of 24→ (3 + 1)×(1 + 1) = 4× 2 = 8.
𝑝
Non-terminatingrecurring:-Canbewrittenin formwhere 𝑞 ind sum of factors:-If N = ap × bq × cr × …
F
𝑞
≠ 0 buttheyneverend,theyrepeatoneormorenumbersafter Then Sum of factors=(a0 +a1 +a2 +...+ap ) ×(b0 +b1 +b2 +...+
5 bq ) × (c0 + c1 + c2 +...+ cr) .......
the decimal point i.e. , 0.5→
9
𝑝 OR
Non terminating Non repeating :- Can’t be written in form
𝑞
And they continue endlessly, with no groupofdigitsrepeating. 𝑝+1
𝑎 −1
𝑞+1
−1
𝑏
𝑟+1
𝑐 −1
Also called irrational numbers.i.e.π, 2, 3 𝑎−
1
× 𝑏 −1 × 𝑐 − 1
× ……..
ecurringdecimalsarereferredtoasnumbersthatareuniformly
R
Sum of odd factors of a number :- repeated after the decimal. Some rational numbers produce
0 1 0 1
Sum of odd factors of 120 = (3 +3 )(5 + 5 ) = 4 × 6 = 24 recurringdecimalsafterconvertingthemintodecimalnumbers,
but all irrational numbers produce recurring decimals after
OR
converting them into decimal form.
1+1 1+1 2 2 i.e.
3 −1 −1
5 −1
3 −1
5
= × = × = 4× 6 = 24.
1
3−
1 −
5 1
2
4 (1). = 0.3333333 ….. = 0.3
3
9
𝑆𝑢𝑚𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠 (2). 0.9= = 1
Sum of reciprocal of all factors :- 9
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟
5327−53 5274
(3). 0.5327= =
9900 9900
Exam Hall Approach :- Example :- Find the number of zeros in the value of:
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
xample :-How 217382 divisible by 11 ?
E 2 × 5 × 4 × 10 × 6 × 15 × 8 × 20 × 10 × 25
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Step1: Dividethegivennumberintopairfromanysameside Solution :- 2 × 5 × 4 × 10 × 6 × 15 × 8 × 20 ×
, then find the difference between them 10 × 25
18 20
2 4 12 8 8 10 10 12 12 42 32
=2 × 5 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 2 × 2
16 18 18 40
× 5 × 2 × 5 × 5
Step2: Aftersolvingthis,theresultantnumberisdivideby Zeros are possible with a combination of 2× 5 Here the
1+4+6 11 numberof5’sarelesssothenumberofzeroswillbelimited
11 ⇒
= = 1
11 1
1 to the number of 5’s.
Iftheresultantisdivisibleby11,then217382isalsodivisible In this expression number of fives a
re:
y 11.
b 4 8 12 16 18 40
× 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 ;
5
i.e. 4 + 8 + 12 + 16 + 18 + 40 = 98
By13:-Ifaddingfourtimesthelastdigittothenumberformed
y the remaining digits is divisible by 13, then the number is
b
divisible by 13. The Number of Zeros in n!
i.e.1326 is divisible by 13
Tofindthenumberofzerosinn!,wedivide“n”by5untilwegeta
132 + (6× 4) = 156. Repeat the same process for156 .
umber less than 5, and then we add all the quotients so
n
15 + (6× 4) = 39.so 39 is divisible by 13
Remainder Theorem
Negative Remainder
The basic remainder formula is :-
aking a negative remainder will make our calculation easier.
T
Examples :
7×8 −2×−1
(i).rem( )=rem( ) = − 2× − 1 = 2
9 9
55×56 −2×− 1
Dividend = Divisor× Quotient + Remainder (ii).rem( ) =rem( )= - 2× −1= 2
57 57
7×10 −2×1
Some Important Properties (iii).rem( ) =rem( ) =− 2× 1
= − 2𝑜𝑟, 7( 9 - 2)
9 9
Counting of Numbers
tep 1 :Multiply 5 × 4 = 20
S
Step 2 :add 3 to the 20 = 23
Example :-How many 5 will come from 350 to 600.
Step 3 :Multiply the result of step 2 by 3 = 69
olution :-frequency of zero will be equal to frequency of 5.
S
Step 4 :add 2 to the 69 = 71 thus the value of N= 71
600 600 600
frequency of 5 from 0 to 600 = [ ] + [ 2 ] + [ 3 ] Therefore remainder will be 71
5
5
5
600 600 600
= [ ] + [ ] + [ ] = 120 + 24 + 4 = 148
5 25 125 When Digits are Reversed
350 350 350
And frequency of 5 from 0 to 350 = [ ] + [ 2 ] + [ 3 ]
5 5 5
xample:-Ifthedigitsofatwodigitnumberisreversed,then
E
350 350 350
= [ ] + [ ] + [ ] = 70 + 14 + 2 = 86 the number is decreased by 36. Which of the following is
5 25 125
correct regarding the number ?
Frequency of 5 from 350 to 600 = 148 - 86 = 62
I.The difference of the digits is 4.
II.The value of the number can be 84.
Digits Required to Write Counting III.Number is always a composite number.
SSC CGL Tier II (08/08/2022)
Concept :- N = Number and D = digit (a) I, II and III (b) II and III (c) I and III (d) I and II
Solution :-
I.Let the two digit number be 10x + y
According to question,
(10x + y) - (10y + x) = 36
9x - 9y = 36 ⇒ x - y = 4
o of digit 1 - 9 = 9D
N II.The value of no can be 84 as 84 - 48 = 36
No of digit 1 – 99 = 189D III. thenumberformedinthegivencasemayormaynotbe
No of digit 1 - 999 = 2889D compositeno.i.e.84whichisacompositenoand73whichis
a prime no.
Clearly, we can see that option (d) is the correct one.
xample :- How many digits are required to write counting
E
from 1 to 300 ?
Solution :- according to questions,
No of digit 1 - 9⇒ (9× 1) = 9D
No of digit 10 - 99⇒ (90× 2) = 180D
No of digit 100 - 300⇒ (201× 3) = 603D
______________________________________________
Total required digits = (9 + 180 + 603) = 792D
If a number is divided by a and b respectively , theremainder
r emainrandR respectively.Insuchasituationthatnumbercan
be known .
Example :- When a number is successively divided by 3 , 4
nd7,theremaindersobtainedare2,3 and5,respectively.
a
What will be the remainder when 84 divides the same
number?
Solution :-
Formulae used : Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
Method 1 :Starting from the last Let last divisor= 0
CM(Leastcommonmultiple)oftwoormoregivennumbersis
L
the least number that is exactly divisible by each of them.
Method of Finding LCM
CF (Highest common factor) of two or more numbers isthe
H he Least Common Multiple of two or more numbers is the
T
greatest numberthatdivideseachofthemexactly.HCFisalso smallest number which is exactly divisible by all of them. In
knownasthe‘HighestcommonDivisor’(HCD)andthe'Greatest other words, it is the product of the highest powers of all the
Common Divisor’ (GCD). prime factors of the given numbers.
The concept of multiples and factors :- To find the LCM of given numbers :-
If X , Y , and Z are three natural numbers and X × Y = Z , then
. Break the given numbers into their prime factors.
1
(i) X and Y are called the factors of Z.
2. The LCM will be the product of thehighestpowerofallthe
(ii) Z is said to be divisible by X and Y.
factors that occur in the given numbers.
(iii) Z is said to be a multiple of X and Y.
1 2
18 = 2 × 3 × 3 =2 ×3
To find the HCF of the given numbers :- 5 2
LCM =2 ×3 = 288
. B
1 reak the given numbers into their prime factors.
2. The HCF will be the product of all the prime factors
common to all the numbers.
Example :- LCM of 6, 12, 8 ?
Let us learn the process of finding HCFwiththehelpofsome
olution :-
S
solved examples.
(4).
CF of 24 and 48 = 24
H
HCF of 24, 48 and 72 = 24
HCF of 24, 48, 72, and 100 = 4.
LCM of Indices
( 2).When thebaseisnotthesame,andtherearenocommon
( 6).Whentheseconddivisorisafactorofthefirstdivisor,then factorsinthebase,thentheproductofthegivennumberwillbe
thesecondremainderisobtainedbydividingthefirstremainder the LCM
by the second divisor. 2 4
Example :- Find the LCM of3 ,2 ?
Example:-When29isdividedby8,theremainderobtainedis 2 4
Solution :- LCM =3 ×2 = 144
,thenwhatwillbetheremainderwhenthesamenumberis
5
divided by 4 ?
Solution:-Here,theseconddivisorthatis4isafactorofthe HCF of Indices
firstdivisorthatis8.So,ondividingthefirstremainderthatis
5bytheseconddivisorthatis4,wegetoursecondremainder ( 1). When the base of the given number are same , then the
which is 1. So, the required answer is 1 number with the smallest power will be the HCF of the given
number .
2 4 8 9
Example :-Find the HCF of3 ,3 ,3 ,3 ?
LCM and HCF of Fraction 2
Solution :-HCF=3
𝐿𝐶𝑀𝑜𝑓𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟
LCM of Fraction =
𝐻𝐶𝐹𝑜𝑓𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 ( 2).Whenthebaseisnotthesame,andtherearenocommon
factors in the base , then the HCF of the given number will be 1.
𝐻𝐶𝐹𝑜𝑓𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟
HCF of Fraction = 2 4 8
𝐿𝐶𝑀𝑜𝑓𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 xample :-Find the Hcf of3 ,5 ,7
E
Solution :-HCF = 1
2
1
3
Example :-LCM and HCF of , a nd 4
2 3
Some Application of LCM :-
Solution :-
𝐿𝐶𝑀𝑜𝑓𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝐿𝐶𝑀𝑜𝑓1,2,3 6
LCM =
=
= The Smallest number which is exactly divisible by𝑥, y, z = LCM
𝐻𝐶𝐹𝑜𝑓𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝐻𝐶𝐹𝑜𝑓2,3,4
1
f (𝑥 , y,z)Thesmallestnumberwhichwhendividedby 𝑥,y,z
o
𝐻𝐶𝐹𝑜𝑓𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝐶𝐹𝑜𝑓1,2,3
𝐻 1
CF =
H = = and leaves the remainder r in each case = ( LCM of𝑥,y ,z ) + r
𝐿𝐶𝑀𝑜𝑓𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝐿𝐶𝑀𝑜𝑓2,3,4 12
The smallest number which when divided by 𝑥 , y , z leaves
r emainder a , b, c respectively = LCM (𝑥, y, z) - k
Where k = (𝑥- a) = (y - b) = (z - c)
helargestnumberwhichwhendividedbyx,y,zandleavesthe
T
remainder r in each case
= HCF [(𝑥- r ) , (y - r) , (z - r)] or HCF [(𝑥- y) , (y - z) , (z -𝑥)]
Thelargestnumberwhichwhendividedby𝑥,y,zandleavesthe
r emainder a , b , c respectively = HCF [ (𝑥- a), ( y - b ), ( z - c)]
𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑃𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙×𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑃𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙
LCM = 𝐻𝐶𝐹
𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑃𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙×𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑃𝑜𝑙𝑦𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑎𝑙
HCF = 𝐿𝐶𝑀
315 25
xample :- Find the HCF of (4 – 1) and (4 – 1).
E
SSC MTS 26/07/2022 (Morning)
25
(a) 1 (b) (4 – 1) (c) 1024 (d) 1023
olution :-(4315 - 1)(425- 1)
S
HCF of 315 and 25 = 5
56 𝑡ℎ
A.P. and G.P.. 2n = 142− 86 ⇒ n =
2
=28
et A and G be the AM(arithmetic mean) and GM(Geometric
L
mean) of two positive real number x and y
𝑥+𝑦
A = , G= 𝑥𝑦
2
2
( 𝑥− 𝑦)
A - G = ≥ 0 ….(i)
Geometric Progression (G.P) Formula 2
rom equation(i) we obtain the relationship
F
𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 A.P≥ G.P
The common ratio of a geometric progression (r) =
𝑓𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚
a).Theformulaforthenthtermofageometricprogressionwith Example:-Ifthearithmeticmeanandgeometricmeanoftwo
𝑛−
1
the first term (a) and common ratio (r)→ (an )= a𝑟 bservations are 10and5,respectively,thenfindthesumof
o
the squares of the observations.
b).The formula for the sum of geometric progressionformula, RRB NTPC CBT - I 11/03/2021 (Evening)
𝑎(1
𝑛
−𝑟 ) (a) 295 (b) 275 (c) 225 (d) 350
If |r|<1, Sn= Solution:-Arithmetic mean = 10
1−𝑟
𝑛 Let the numbers be a and b
𝑎(𝑟 −1)
If |r|>1, Sn = According to question ,
𝑟−1
a + b = 20
The sum of infinite geometric progression formula,
𝑎 And, 𝑎𝑏= 5⇒ 𝑎𝑏 = 25
S∞ = , where r <1
1−𝑟
elationbetweenAM,GM,HMoftwopositivenumbersaandb,
R
then
𝑎+𝑏 𝑎
2 𝑏
i).If AM = , GM = 𝑎𝑏, and HM =
2 𝑎+𝑏
ii).AM≥ GM≥ HM.
2
iii).𝐺 = A ×H and therefore A, G, H are in G.P.
Important Formulas
2 2 2
1).(𝑎 + 𝑏) = 𝑎 + 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 Step4: Andfinally,writethelastnumberasafractionwith
2 2 2
2).(𝑎 − 𝑏) = 𝑎 − 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 t he number immediately preceding it .
2 2 5
5
3).(𝑎 − 𝑏 ) = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏) Required number =
3 3 3 34
4).(𝑎 + 𝑏) = 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 3𝑎𝑏(𝑎 + 𝑏)
3 3 3
5).(𝑎 − 𝑏) = 𝑎 − 𝑏 − 3𝑎𝑏(𝑎 − 𝑏)
3 3 2 2
6).(𝑎 + 𝑏 ) = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 ) 1
3 3
7).(𝑎 − 𝑏 ) = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑎 + 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 )
2 2 Example :-1 - 1 = ?
1− 1
3 3
8).𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐=
3 1−
1
1−
3
2 2 2
(
(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑐 𝑎 ) 1−
5
1 2 2 2 Solution:-
= (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 )[(𝑎 − 𝑏) + (𝑏 − 𝑐 ) + (𝑐 − 𝑎) ]
2
3
3 3 3 Step 1: First write the last term( )
Here, if(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) = 0, then𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 = 0 5
3 3 3 Step 2 :Write ‘3’ first and then write ‘5’
⇒ 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 3𝑎𝑏𝑐
2 2 2 2
3 5
(
9).(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) = 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 + 2(𝑎𝑏+ 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐 𝑎) ) Step3: AsManytimesas‘1’isgiveninthequestionThen,
immediatelysubtractthenumberfromthepreviousonetothe
Bar based concept: - next one .
𝑥 𝑥𝑦𝑧−𝑥
0.𝑥 = 9 0.x𝑦𝑧= 990
𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑦𝑧−𝑥
𝑦
0.𝑥𝑦= 9
9
0.xy𝑧= 900 Step 4 :Andfinally,writethelastnumberasafractionwith
3
the number immediately preceding it Required number = -
2
Example :-The value of 0.23+ 0.143- 0.2
3
2 143−1 2
Solution :- + ( )-
99 990 9 1
230+142−2
20 152 Example :- 1 + 1 = ?
= = 0.153
= 3+
990 990 +
2
1
4
Solution:-
Continuous Fraction
1
Step 1 :First write the last term( )
4
Step 2 :Write ‘1’ first and then write ‘4’
1 1 4
Example :-1 + 1 = ?
1+ 1
Step 3 :
1+
1
1+
3
1+
5
Type - 4
Step4: Andfinally,writethelastnumberasafractionwith
If denominator of a number same as multiplier
101
the number immediately preceding it Required number : 2
9
22 Example :45
99
×99
Add 7 in 92 so it becomes 99 the same as the denominator.
(92+7)
1 3
1 45 × 99 = (45 + 1 ) × 99 = 4554
Example : 1 =
29
, 99
𝑎+
1
Now subtract 7 from the resultant = 4554 - 7 = 4547
+
𝑏 𝑐
Find the value of a + b - c = ? Comparison of Fraction Based Questions
olution :-Here
S
𝑞
Mixed Number (p ) Based Question
𝑟
Type - 1
Type - 2
Example :
2 4 11 2 4 1
1
55 + 45 + 41 = 55 + +45+ +41+
3 5 15 3 5 15
2 4 11 10+12+11
= 141 + ( + + )=141+( )
3 5 15 15
Example:-Ifx=222,y=223andz=224,thenfindthevalue
4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
6.𝑎 − 𝑏 = (𝑎 + 𝑏 )(𝑎 − 𝑏 ) =(𝑎 + 𝑏 )(𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏) 3 3
f𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧 -3xyz.
o
3
1 3
1 3
1 3)If𝑥 + =𝑎, then𝑥 + 3 =𝑎 − 3𝑎
3 3 3 𝑥
4) 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − 3abc = (a + b + c) 𝑥
2
1 3
1 3
4)If𝑥 - =𝑎, then𝑥 - 3 =𝑎 + 3𝑎
3 3 3 2 2 2 𝑥 𝑥
𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 3abc = (a + b + c)(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − ab− bc− ca)
3 3 3
=𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 3abc 1
1
Example:-If (y − ) = 9, find the value of (y³ - )
2 2 2
𝑦 𝑦³
When(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) = 0or (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − ab− bc− ca) = 0
SC CHSL 04/08/2023 (3rd Shift)
S
• when,(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) = 0; a≠ b≠ c (a) 766 (b) 756 (c) 702 (d) 729
2 2 2 1
(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 − ab− bc− ca) = 0;a = b = c Solution:- 𝑦− = 9
3 3 3 3
𝑦
• (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ) =𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 + 3(𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑏 + 𝑐 )(𝑎 + 𝑐 ) 3 1 3
4 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 𝑦 − =(9) + 3× 9 = 756
• 𝑎 + 𝑎 𝑏 + 𝑏 =(𝑎 + 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 ) (𝑎 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 ) 𝑦
3
1 2
1 2 2
1)If𝑥 + =𝑎, then𝑥 + 2 =𝑎 − 2 𝑥 +1
𝑥 𝑥 Example:-If = 5, then find the value
𝑥
1 2
3 4 1
Example:- If (a + ) = 6, thenwhatisthevalueof ( 𝑎
+ of𝑥 + 4 − 36.
𝑎 4 𝑥
1 SC CHSL 09/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
S
2 ) ?
𝑎 (a) 491 (b) 149 (c) 419 (d) 194
SC CHSL 02/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
S
(a) 22.5 (b) 34 (c) 25.5 (d) 36
1
Solution:-𝑥+ = 5
𝑥
Solution:-According to question, 2 1 2
𝑥 + 2 =5 − 2= 23
1 2
1 2
𝑥
𝑎+ = 6⇒ 𝑎 + 2 = (6) − 2= 34 1
𝑎 𝑎 4 2
𝑥 + 4 =23 − 2= 527
3 2 1 3 51 𝑥
ow , (𝑎 + 2 )= ×
N 34= = 25.5 1
4 𝑎 4
2 4
Now ,𝑥 + 4 − 36 = 527− 36 =491
𝑥
1 2
1 2
2)If𝑥 - =𝑎, then𝑥 + 2 =𝑎 + 2
𝑥 𝑥
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 65
Pinnacle Algebra
1 4
1 2 2
1 6 1 3
6)If𝑥 - =𝑎, then𝑥 + 4 =(𝑎 + 2) − 2 9)If𝑥+ = a , then𝑥 + 6 = (𝑎 − 3𝑎)2 - (2)
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
1
Example:- If (𝑥+ ) = 2 2, and𝑥>1 , what is the value of
1
1 𝑥
Example:-If (𝑥- ) = 10, what is the valueof (𝑥4 + 4 ) ? 1
𝑥 (𝑥6 - 6 ) ?
𝑥
SC CGL 26/07/2023 (3rd shift)
S 𝑥
(a) 10404 (b) 10402 (c) 10406 (d) 10400 SSC CGL 19/07/2023 (1st shift)
1 (a) 140 2 (b) 116 2 (c) 144 2 (d) 128 2
Solution:-Given,𝑥 − = 10
𝑥
1
Solution:-𝑥+ = 2 2
2 1 2 𝑥
𝑥 + 2 = ( 10) + 2= 102
𝑥
1 2
4 1
𝑥−
𝑥
= (2 2) − 4 = 2
Now,𝑥 + 4 = 102 × 102− 2= 10402
𝑥 3 1 3
1
1
𝑥 − 3 = (𝑥− ) + 3(𝑥− )
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
3
1 5
1 2 3
=(2) + 3× 2= 14
7)If𝑥+ = a , then𝑥 + 5 = (𝑎 − 2)(𝑎 − 3𝑎) - (a) 3 1 3
1
1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 + = (𝑥+ ) - 3(𝑥+ )
3 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
or
3
5 1 2 1 3 1
1 (2 2) − 3× 2 2= 16 2− 6 2 = 10 2
=
(𝑥 + 5 ) = (𝑥 + 2 ) (𝑥 + 3 ) - ( x + )
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 Now ,
6 1 3 1 3 1
𝑥 − 6 = (𝑥 − 3 )(𝑥 + 3 )
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
1
1 1
Example:- If (x + ) = 5, then the value of (x5 + 5 ) is: ⇒ 𝑥 −
6
= 14 × 10 2= 140 2
𝑥 𝑥 6
𝑥
SC CHSL 07/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
S
(a) 2535(b) 2540(c) 2515(d) 2525
1
1
1 6
1 3 3
Solution:-𝑥+
2
= 5⇒ 𝑥 + 2 = 23 10)If𝑥+ = a , then𝑥 - 6 = (𝑎 − 3𝑎) (𝑎 + 3𝑎)
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
3 1
⇒ 𝑥 + 3 = 110
𝑥
1
Example:-If (𝑥 + ) =5 2, and x > 1, whatis the value of
Now , 𝑥
5 1 2 1 3 1
1 6 1
𝑥 + 5 = (𝑥 + 2 )(𝑥 + 3 )− (𝑥
+ ) (𝑥 − 6 ) ?
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
⇒ 23 × 110− 5 = 2530− 5 = 2525 SSC CHSL 02/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
(a) 22970 23 (b) 23030 23
1 5 1 2 3 (c) 23060 23 (d) 22960 23
8)If𝑥- = a, then𝑥 - 5 = (𝑎 + 2)(𝑎 + 3𝑎) - (a)
1
𝑥 𝑥 Solution:-𝑥+
= 5 2
𝑥
or 1 3
3
5 1 2 1 3 1
1 𝑥 + 3 =(5 2) − 3(5 2)
𝑥 - 5 = (𝑥 + 2 )(𝑥 - 3 ) - (𝑥- ) 𝑥
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
= 250 2− 15 2 = 235 2
1
Example:-If (y - ) =− 9, what will be thevalue of 2
5
(𝑦 -
1
5 )?
𝑦
⇒ 𝑥 −
3 1
𝑥
3 = ( 3
𝑥 +
1
𝑥
3 ) − 4
𝑦 2
SC CHSL 08/08/2023 (4th Shift)
S = (235 2) − 4
(a)−62757 (b)−62748 = 110450 − 4 = 110446= 49 46
(c)−62739 (d)−59049 6 1 3 1 3 1
Now , 𝑥 − 6 = (𝑥 + 3 ) (𝑥 - 3 )
Solution:- 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
1
1
(y -
2
) =− 9⇒ (𝑦 + 2 ) = 83 = 235 2× 49 46
𝑦 𝑦
= 235 × 49 × 2 × 23= 23030 23
3 1 3
and (𝑦 - 3 ) =(− 9) + 3 ×(− 9)
𝑦
=− 756 For Parallel Power
5 1 2
1 1 3 1
− 5 =
𝑦 {(𝑦 + 2 )(𝑦 - 3 )}− (𝑦
- )
𝑦
𝑦
𝑦 𝑦
1.
1
1 2
{83× ( − 756)} − (− 9
= ) If𝑥 + =𝑎, then𝑥 - 𝑎 − 4
=
𝑥 𝑥
={(− 62748)}− (− 9) = (− 62739)
2.
1
1 2
If𝑥 - =𝑎, then𝑥 + = 𝑎 + 4
𝑥 𝑥
4.
1 2
1 2
If𝑥 - =𝑎, then𝑥 - 2 =𝑎 𝑎 + 4
𝑥 𝑥 Componendo - Dividendo Rule
𝑎 𝑐 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑
Some special cases :- If = then,
=
𝑏 𝑑 𝑎−𝑏 𝑐 −𝑑
1
1) If𝑥 + = 2, then𝑥= 1 𝑎+𝑏 𝑎 𝑐 𝑐+𝑑
𝑥 If = then =
𝑎−𝑏 𝑏 𝑑 𝑐−𝑑
1
if𝑥 +
= - 2, then𝑥= - 1 2 2
• If (𝑥 − 𝑎) + (𝑦 − 𝑏) + (𝑧 − 𝑐 ) = 0 then by putting
2
𝑥
𝑥 = 𝑎, 𝑦 = 𝑏, 𝑧 = 𝑐 in an expression we can find thevalueof
1
the expression.
64 121
Example :-If𝑥+ = 2, then what is thevalue of𝑥 +𝑥 ? • If𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝑎, then𝑥𝑦will be maximum when𝑥=𝑦.
𝑥
(a) 2 (b) - 2 (c) 1 (d) 3 • If𝑥𝑦= a, then (𝑥 + 𝑦) will be minimum when𝑥=𝑦= 𝑎
1
Solution :- 𝑥+ = 2 ;𝑥= 1 Rules for Making a Perfect Square Polynomial :-
𝑥
64
= 1 +1
121
= 2 1. Middle term =± 𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 × 𝑇ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 × 2
2
(𝑀𝑖𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚)
2. First term =
1 4×𝑇ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚
6
2)If𝑥 + =± 3, then𝑥 =- 1 2
𝑥 (𝑀𝑖𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚)
3. Third term =
4×𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚
1
Example :- If 𝑥 + = 3 then the value of 2 2
𝑥 xample:- Check 9𝑥 + 12xy + 4𝑦 polynomial is perfect
E
12 9 6 3
+ 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 1is:
𝑥 square or not ?
(a) 1 ( b) - 1 (c) 0 (d) - 2 Solution:-
12
Solution :-𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 1
9 6 3 Step1 :- We know that
6
𝑥 (𝑥
=
6 3 6
+1) +𝑥 (𝑥 + 1) + 1=𝑥 (- 1 + 1) +𝑥 (- 1 + 1) + 1 = 1
6 3 Middle term = ± 𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 × 𝑇ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 × 2
Shorttrick:-Iftheexponentialdifferencebetweentwoterms 12 =± 9 × 4 × 2⇒ 12 = 6 × 2⇒ 12 = 12
2
is 6 then their value becomes zero. (𝑀𝑖𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚)
12 9 Step 2 :-First term =
𝑥 + 𝑥 = 0 4×𝑇ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚
2
(12)
9 = ⇒ 9 = 9
1 4×4
3
3)If𝑥 + = 1, then𝑥 = - 1 2
𝑥 (𝑀𝑖𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚)
Step 3 :-Third term =
1 3 4×𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚
If𝑥 +
= -1, then𝑥 = 1 2
𝑥 (12)
4 = ⇒ 4 = 4
4×9
1 Therefore the given polynomial is a perfect square.
Example :- If 𝑥 + = 1, then the value of
𝑥
Exam hall approach : -
12 9 6 3
+ 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 1is:
𝑥 2 2
9𝑥
+ 12xy + 4𝑦
SSC CGL 06/12/2022 (1st Shift) 2 2 2
(a) 1 (b) - 1 (c) 0 (d) - 2 ⇒ (3𝑥) + 2× 3𝑥× 2𝑦+(2𝑦) ⇒ (3𝑥 + 2𝑦)
12 9 6 3 Therefore the given polynomial is a perfect square.
Solution :-𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 1
9 3 3 3 9 3
𝑥 (𝑥 + 1) +𝑥 (𝑥 + 1) + 1 =𝑥 (- 1 + 1) +𝑥 (- 1 + 1) + 1 = 1
=
Shorttrick:-Iftheexponentialdifferencebetweentwoterms Algebra Formula for Irrational Number
is 3 then their value becomes zero.
12
𝑥 + 𝑥 = 0
9 1. 𝑎𝑏 = 𝑎 𝑏
2. 𝑎
𝑎
=
𝑏
Some more Special Case :- 𝑏
3. ( 𝑎+ 𝑏) ( 𝑎- 𝑏) = a - b
2 2 3 3
➽ if𝑎 - ab +𝑏 = 0 then𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0 4. 2
1
1 1 3 3
( 𝑎 + 𝑏) = a + 2 𝑎𝑏+ b
➽ if - = then𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0 5. 2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑎−𝑏 (a + 𝑏)(a - 𝑏) =𝑎 - b
1 1 1 3 3
➽ if + = then𝑎 - 𝑏 = 0
𝑏 𝑎 𝑎+𝑏
𝑎 𝑏 3 3
➽ if + = -1 then𝑎 - 𝑏 = 0
𝑏 𝑎
𝑎 𝑏 3 3
➽ if + = 1 then𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0
𝑏 𝑎
2 2
(𝑎+𝑏) −(𝑎−𝑏)
1.) = 4
𝑎𝑏
2 2
(𝑎+𝑏) +(𝑎−𝑏)
2.) 2 2 = 2
𝑎 +𝑏
3.)If a + b + c = abc, then
2 2 2 2 2 2
(1−𝑎 )(1−𝑏 ) (1−𝑏 )(1−𝑐 ) (1−𝑐 )(1−𝑎 )
+ + = 4
𝑎𝑏 𝑏𝑐 𝑐𝑎
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 68
Pinnacle Surds and Indices
subtraction of two or more than two surds.
Surds and Indices. i.e.( 6+ 3)
4𝑎
−3 +1
ote :- To find the value of 𝑥 − 𝑥 − 𝑥 − …∞ , find the
N (11). 𝑎 + 𝑎 − 𝑎 + 𝑎 −....... ∞=
2
factors of 𝑥, such that the difference betweenthefactorsis1,
then the smaller factor will be the result. 4𝑎
−3 −1
(12). 𝑎 − 𝑎 + 𝑎 − 𝑎 + ...... ∞=
2
𝑛
𝑧
)
( )
𝑥×𝑧×𝑛
xample :- y = 56 − 56 − 56 − ..... ∞
E
𝑝 𝑞 𝑥 (
(13). If y =⎛ 𝑎 ⎞ then y =a 𝑝×𝑞
(4). If y = 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥..... 𝑛 Example :-If m = 13 + 13 + 13 + 13........ and
𝑛
2 −1
𝑛
Then , y =𝑥
2
= 13 − 13 −
n 13 − 13........ Find m - n = ?
𝑛
Solution :-
𝑛 𝑛−1
𝑛
(5). 𝑎× 𝑎× 𝑎× ......... ∞ = 𝑎
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛+1
𝑛
(6). 𝑎÷ 𝑎÷ 𝑎÷......... ∞ = 𝑎
2
4𝑎
+𝑏 +𝑏
(7). 𝑎 + 𝑏 𝑎 + 𝑏 𝑎 + 𝑏.... ∞=
2
2
4𝑎
+𝑏 −𝑏
(8). 𝑎 − 𝑏 𝑎 − 𝑏 𝑎 − 𝑏.... ∞ =
2
ere m = a +1 and n = a
H
m - n = a +1 - a ⇒ m - n = 1
xample :- y = 63 − 2 63 − 2 63 − 2..... ∞
E
Solution :-We know that,
2 2 (18).
4𝑎
+𝑏 −𝑏 4×63+2 −2 252+4−2
⇒ y = = =
2 2 2
256−2 6−2
1 4
1
= = = = 7 Example :- 10 + 25 + 108 + 154 + 225 = ?
2
2
2
Example:- Findthegreatestandsmallestvalueamongthese
4 3 6
, 3, 4, 6?
2
Solution :- Here LCM of indices 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 is12
1 12
1 12
1 12
1 12
(2 ) ,(3 ) ,(4 ) ,(6 )
2 4 3 6
subtraction, and multiplication. form p/q, where p is a factor of 𝑎0 and q is a factor of 𝑎𝑛. This
t heorem is very helpful in finding the rational zeros of a
2 3 𝑛
General form :𝑎0 +𝑎1𝑥 +𝑎2𝑥 +𝑎3𝑥 … +𝑎𝑛𝑥 polynomial.
here𝑛∈ N
W
It is denoted by -𝑝(𝑥),𝑞(𝑥),𝑔(𝑥),𝑓 (𝑥) Linear Equations in Two Variables
Thelinearequationsintwovariablesaretheequationsinwhich
Some Terms Related To Polynomials
achofthetwovariablesisofthehighestorder(exponent)of1
e
and may have one, none, or infinitely many solutions.
Thestandardform:-ax+by+c=0 ,wherexandyarethetwo
v ariables.
The solutions can also be written in ordered pairs like (x, y).
i.e. 10x + 5y = 6 and 4x + 6y = 8 are linearequationsintwo
variables.
ystemoflinearequations:-Therearebasicallythreetypesof
S
Degree of Polynomials systems of linear equations and three types of solutions.
⇒ An independent system has exactly one solution pair (x,y).
hehighestorgreatestexponentofthevariableinapolynomial
T The point where the two lines intersect is the only solution.
is known as the degree of a polynomial. ⇒ An inconsistent system hasnosolution.Noticethatthetwo
lines are parallel and will never intersect.
⇒ A dependent system hasinfinitelymanysolutions.Thelines
Some Important Types of Polynomial
arecoincident.Theyarethesameline,soeverycoordinatepair
on the line is a solution to both equations.
). Zero Polynomial :-
1
It is a polynomial whose degree is equal to zero. Types of solution and their conditions :-
i.e. 3 , 5, 7
They are also called constant polynomials Types of
Conditions Graphical representation
olutions
s
). Linear polynomial :
2
It is a polynomial with degree 1.i.e.a𝑥
+ c
Properties of Polynomials
here are two methods of finding the roots of quadratic
T
equation.
1
𝑎 𝑏1
= =
Infinite number 𝑎2
2
𝑏 1. Standard method :-
of solutions 𝑐1
sing this method you can solve any quadratic equation.
U
𝑐2
Suppose the equation is a𝑥2 + b𝑥+ c = 0.
2
−𝑏± 𝑏 −4𝑎
𝑐
The value of𝑥will be =
2𝑎
It is known asSridharacharya formula.
2
Here, 𝑏 − 4𝑎𝑐= D or Discriminant
xample :-Solve the following system of linear equation
E
2x + 3y = 11 Nature of roots :-
3x + 2y = 9
olution :-2x + 3y = 11………(i)
S
3x + 2y = 9 ………. (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 2 and equation (ii) by 3 we get
4x + 6y = 22 ……. (a)
9x + 6y = 27 …….. (b)
Subtracting equation (a) from equation (b) we get If D > 0 there will be two distinct real roots,
5x = 5 ⇒ x = 1 If D < 0, there will be no real roots
Putting the value of x in equation (i) we get If D = 0, there will be two real and equal roots.
2 + 3y = 11 ⇒ 3y = 9 ⇒ y = 3
Example :- find the nature of roots of equation
2
𝑥 - 4x - 2 = 0 .
2
Example:-Forwhatvalueofpdoesthesystemofequations Solution :- According to question,
8x + 36y + 45 = 0 and px - 54y + 67 = 0 have no solution?
1 a = 2 , b = - 4 , c = - 2
2 2
Higher Secondary 30/06/2023 (Shift - 2) =𝑏 - 4ac =(− 4) - 4× 2× (-2)
D
(a) 54 (b)− 27 (c)− 36 (d) 27 D = 16 + 16
Solution :- (b)Given, D = 32⇒ D> 0 So, rootsare real and distinct
18𝑥+ 36y + 45 = 0 -------(1)
p𝑥− 54y + 67 = 0 --------(2) fterapplyingthestandardmethodwewillgettwovalueoneis
A
𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 negative and other is positive.
= ≠ (no solution)
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2
Example :-𝑥2 - 3𝑥- 4 = 0
18 36 45
= ≠ Solution :-a = 1 , b = -3 , c = -4
𝑝 (−54) 67
2
18×(−54) −𝑏± 𝑏 −4𝑎
𝑐
p = =− 27 𝑥=
36 2𝑎
2
−(−3) ± (−3) −4×1×(−4)
=
2×1
Quadratic Equation
3± 9 +16
=
n algebraic statement of the second degree in 𝑥 is called a
A 2×1
quadratic equation. 3+5 3−5
= , 4 , -1
⇒
Standard Form :-a𝑥2 + b𝑥+ c = 0 2 2
nalgebraicstatementofthethirddegreein 𝑥iscalledaCubic
A
equation.
2
3 + b𝑥 + c𝑥+ d = 0
tandard Form :- a𝑥
S
It is a polynomial with degree 3.
nefundamentalruleofthequadraticequationisthatthevalue
O
of first constant can never be zero.
2
3 + 3𝑥 + 1𝑥+ 2 = 0
i.e.2𝑥
).Thevaluesof'x'thatsatisfytheequationp(x)=0arecalled
1
roots of the cubic polynomial p(x).
2).Sincethedegreeofp(x),thecubicequationp(x)=0canhave
a maximum of 3 roots.
3). The roots of a cubic equation can be found by using
synthetic division, factoring, or rational root theorem.
It is that branch of Mathematics which deals with the
measurementsofthesidesandanglesofatriangleandalsothe
problems associated with angles.
Trigonometric Ratio :-In a right angled triangle,as shown below are also triplet
Concept :- If asinθ + bcosθ = c where a,b and c are triplet then:-
𝑎 𝑏 𝑎
sinθ = , cosθ =
, tanθ =
𝑐 𝑐
𝑏
Pythagoras theorem :- the sum of the squares of the Basic Identities based on above ratio :-
erpendicularandbaseofarighttriangleisequaltothesquare
p
of its hypotenuse.
1 1
𝑠 𝑖𝑛θ = 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ =
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ 𝑠𝑖𝑛θ
1 1
𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ = 𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ =
𝑠𝑒𝑐θ 𝑐𝑜𝑠θ
3 π π
Example :- 16𝑐 𝑜𝑠 - 12 cos = _______.
• x axis± θ → no change 6 6
• y axis± θ
→ changes like SC CGL 01/12/2022 (4th Shift)
S
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) - 1
3 π π
xample :- cosec 2910°+ sec 4260° + tan 2565° + cot1755° = ?
E Solution :-16𝑐 𝑜𝑠 - 12 cos
6 6
SSC CGL 20/07/2023 (1st shift)
3 3 3 3
Solution:-cosec2910°=cosec(360°×8+30°){•xaxis± θ → = 16𝑐 𝑜𝑠 30°- 12 cos 30° = 16 ( ) - 12×
2
2
no change}
= cosec 30° = 2 3 3
=16( )− 6 3⇒ 0
8
sec 4260° = sec (360° × 11 + 300°)
= sec 300° = sec(360° - 60°) = sec 60° = 2 Alternate method :-
3
tan 2565° = tan (360° × 7 + 45°) = tan (45°) = 1 𝐶𝑜𝑠3θ = 4𝐶𝑜𝑠 θ − 3𝐶𝑜𝑠θ
cot 1755° = cot (360° × 4 + 315°) 3 π π π π
16𝐶𝑜𝑠 − 12𝐶𝑜𝑠 = 4𝐶𝑜𝑠3× ⇒ 4𝐶𝑜𝑠 = 0
=cot(315°)=cot(270°+45°)……{• yaxis± θ → changeslike 6 6 6 2
( tanθ ↔ 𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ ) {θ lies in4th quadrant sotanθ isnegative}
= - tan 45° = -1 Concept :-
Now , cosec 2910° + sec 4260° + tan 2565° + cot 1755°
⇒ 2 + 2 + 1−1 = 4
22
1
⇒ 𝑙= ⇒ 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝐴 − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡𝐴=
7 3
2 2
1).𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ = 1
2
𝑠 𝑖𝑛θ = 1 − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ
2
𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ = 1 − 𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ
2 2
2).𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ − 𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ = 1
1 2 2 2
* 𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ − 𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ = We know that , 𝑏 +𝑝 =ℎ -----(1)
𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ+𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ 2
2 2 • In equation (1), Dividing the both side byℎ we get,
𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ = 1 +𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ
2 2
2 2 𝑏 𝑝
𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ = 𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ - 1 +
2
= 1 ⇒ 𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ = 1
2
2 2
ℎ ℎ
2 2 2
3).𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡 θ = 1 • In equation (1) , Dividing the both side by𝑝
1 we get,
* 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡 θ =
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ+𝑐𝑜𝑡 θ 2
ℎ
2
𝑏
2
ℎ
2
𝑏 2 2
2
𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ = 1 + 𝑐 𝑜𝑡 θ
2 2 = 2 +1 ⇒ 2 - 2 = 1 ⇒ 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡 θ = 1
𝑝 𝑝 𝑝 𝑝
2 2
𝑐 𝑜𝑡 θ =𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ - 1 • In equation (1), Dividing the both side by𝑏 we get,
2
We can derive all other identities from these three basic 2 2 2 2
identities. ℎ 𝑝 ℎ 𝑝 2 2
2 = 2 +1⇒ 2 - 2 = 1 ⇒ 𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ − 𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ = 1
𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏
Type - 1
4 4 6
Example:-8𝑠 𝑖𝑛 β +9𝑐 𝑜𝑠 β =6thenfindthevalueof9𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 β
Example :-Find the value of + 4𝑠 𝑒𝑐 β .
6
2 2
(𝑠 𝑖𝑛𝐴 + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝐴) +(𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝐴 + 𝑠 𝑒𝑐𝐴) Solution :-we know that,𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ = 1
2 2
Type - 3
𝑛
• (sin𝑥cos𝑥) ⇒ Maximum value =∞
xample :-find the value of𝑡𝑎𝑛10°. 𝑡𝑎𝑛25°. 𝑡𝑎𝑛65°. 𝑡𝑎𝑛80°
E
𝑛
1
Solution :-we know that ,(A + B ) = 90° then tanA.tanB = 1 ⇒ Minimum value =( )
2
So,𝑡𝑎𝑛10°. 𝑡𝑎𝑛25°. 𝑡𝑎𝑛65°. 𝑡𝑎𝑛80°
4 4
Example :-Find the minimum value of𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑥𝑐 𝑜𝑠 𝑥?
4
1
1
Solution :-Minimum value =( ) =
2 16
= 1
sec𝑥,cosec𝑥(odd powers) -∞ +∞ Example :- Find the value of sin 15° .
RB NTPC CBT - I 18/01/2021 (Morning)
R
sec𝑥,cosec𝑥(even powers) +1 +∞
3+1 3−1 3+1 3−1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 2 2
aximum and Minimum value of the trigonometric
M Solution :-𝑠 𝑖𝑛15° = sin(45° - 30°)
expressions of the different form :-
−𝑦) 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥+𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦
𝑠 𝑖𝑛(𝑥 cos 2A = =
( )
2
1−𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝐴
1−
3
4
Solution :-( )( ) 2
3 2
+𝑦) 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥−𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦
𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑥 1+𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝐴 1+( ) 4
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑦−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥+𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦
(
= ) ( ) ×16
7 7
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑦+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥−𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦
=
=
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑦
−𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑠 𝑖𝑛𝑦
16×25 5
2
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑦
3
𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝑥+𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦 2×4
= ( 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑦 + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑠 𝑖𝑛𝑦
)( ) 2𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝐴
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥−𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦 tan 2A = =
2
2
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑦
𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝑥−𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥+𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦
1−𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝐴 1− ( )
3
4
= ( )( ) = 1 3
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥+𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥−𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑦 2 3×16 4
2
= 9 = =
1−16 2×7
7
xample:-Thevalueof(1+cotA–cosecA)(1+tanA+sec
E
A) – 1 is : Example :-find the value of 4𝑐 𝑜𝑠 10°- 3𝑐 𝑜𝑠10°
3
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Example :- If - = x, then what is 𝑏 +𝑐 −𝑎
𝑎 +𝑐 −𝑏 𝑎 +𝑏 −𝑐
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ−𝑐𝑜𝑡θ 𝑠𝑖𝑛θ CosA = , CosB = ,CosC =
2𝑏
𝑐 2𝑎
𝑐 2𝑎
𝑏
1 1 π
- equal to, where 0<θ < ?
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ+𝑐𝑜𝑡θ 𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 2
UPSC CDS - II (04/09/2022)
Half angle formula :-
2 𝐴 1−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴
1
1 𝑠 𝑖𝑛 =
(a) - x (b) x (c) (d) - 2 2
𝑥 𝑥
𝐴
1
𝐴
𝐴
2𝑡𝑎𝑛
Solution :-We know that , co𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ = ● sin A=2 sin os
c
=
2
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ+𝑐𝑜𝑡θ 2 𝐴
2 2 +𝑡𝑎𝑛 2
1
According to question,
1 1 1+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴
2 𝐴
If - = x • 𝑐 𝑜𝑠 =
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ−𝑐𝑜𝑡θ 𝑠 𝑖𝑛θ 2 2
⇒ co𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ + 𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ = x ⇒𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ = x 2 𝐴 2 𝐴 2 𝐴
● cos A =𝑐 𝑜𝑠 − 𝑠 𝑖𝑛 = 1 − 2𝑠 𝑖𝑛
1 1 2 2 2
So, - ⇒ co𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ 2 𝐴
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ+𝑐𝑜𝑡θ 𝑠 𝑖𝑛θ
1−𝑡𝑎𝑛
=− 𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ 2 2 𝐴
= 2 𝐴 =2𝑐 𝑜𝑠 − 1
1+𝑡𝑎𝑛 2 2
1 1
⇒ - = - x
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ+𝑐𝑜𝑡θ 𝑠 𝑖𝑛θ
2 𝐴 −𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴
1
• 𝑡𝑎𝑛 =
2 1+𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴
𝐴
Value of some special trigonometry angle :- 2𝑡𝑎𝑛 2
• tan A =
Serial.No. Angle 1−𝑡𝑎𝑛
2 𝐴
2
1. 3−1
Sin15° = = cos 75°
2 2 2 𝐴 +𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴
1
• 𝑐 𝑜𝑡 =
2. 3+1 2 1−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐴
Cos15° = = sin 75° 2 𝐴
2 2 𝑐𝑜𝑡 2
−1
3. 5−1 • cot A = 𝐴
Sin18° = = cos72° 2𝑐𝑜𝑡 2
4
2 1
1−𝑡𝑎𝑛 222 °
Example :-find the value of 2 1
.
1+𝑡𝑎𝑛 222 °
2 𝐴
1−𝑡𝑎𝑛 2
Solution :-we know that ,cos A = 2 𝐴
1+𝑡𝑎𝑛 2
2 1 2 45
1−𝑡𝑎𝑛 222 ° 1−𝑡𝑎𝑛 2
° 1
2
1
= 2 45 = cos 45° ⇒
1+𝑡𝑎𝑛 222 ° 1+𝑡𝑎𝑛 2 ° 2
1
𝑎𝑠𝑒
𝑏
4 Example :- If sec θ + = 2, find the value of sec55θ +
𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ = = 𝑐𝑜𝑠θ
𝑦𝑝𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑢𝑠𝑒
ℎ 41 1
55 ?
𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ
1
2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ−𝑠𝑖𝑛θ Solution :- secθ + = 2
Example :-if 2 cotθ = 3 find the value of . 𝑐𝑜𝑠θ
2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ+𝑠𝑖𝑛θ secθ + secθ = 2
3
Solution :- 2 cotθ = 3⇒ cotθ = 2secθ = 2 ⇒ secθ = 1 = sec0° ⇒ θ = 0°
2
55 1 55 1
𝑐𝑜𝑠θ 3 2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ 3 So,𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ + 55 =𝑠 𝑒𝑐 0°+ 55 = 1 + 1 = 2
= ⇒ = { ∵ multiply both side by 2} 𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ 𝑠𝑒𝑐 0°
𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 1
apply C & D xam Hall approach :- we can put θ = 0° in this type of
E
2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ+𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 3+1 2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ+𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 4 question
= ⇒
= 1 1
2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ−𝑠𝑖𝑛θ −1
3 2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ−𝑠𝑖𝑛θ
2 secθ + 2⇒ sec 0° +
= = 2⇒ 2
2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ−𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 1 𝑐𝑜𝑠θ 𝑐𝑜𝑠0°
= 55 1
2𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ+𝑠𝑖𝑛θ 2 𝑠 𝑒𝑐 0°+ = 2
55
𝑠𝑒𝑐 0°
Type - V
Type - II
ote :- somespecialcasestosolvethequestionswecanput
N
Note :- w hen, in the trigonometric function givensuch as:- the value ofθ = 30°,60° both in questions and options.
(𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ = 0) , θ
(𝑠 𝑖𝑛θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠θ = 0), Example :-What is the values of tan ?
2
(𝑡 𝑎𝑛θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑡θ = 0) SSC CGL 26/07/2023 (4th shift)
then putθ = 45° to solve the question. 𝐶𝑜𝑠θ 𝑆𝑖𝑛θ 𝐶𝑜𝑠θ 𝑆𝑖𝑛θ
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Example:-if 𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ =0and θ isanacuteangle,then 1−𝑆𝑖𝑛θ 1−𝐶𝑜𝑠θ 1−𝐶𝑜𝑠θ 1+𝐶𝑜𝑠θ
2 2 Solution :- putθ = 60°
hat is the value of𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ ?
w
θ 60°
1
Solution :-according to questions, tan = tan =
2 2
3
𝑠 𝑒𝑐θ − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐θ = 0 {putθ = 45°}
putθ = 60° in the options one by one to satisfythe value
𝑠 𝑒𝑐45° − 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐45°⇒ 2− 2= 0 Then , options d satisfy.
0 = 0 { hence L.H.S. = R.H.S. satisfied}
𝑆𝑖𝑛θ 𝑆𝑖𝑛60° 3×2
1
2 2 2
So , 𝑠 𝑒𝑐 θ + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 θ ⇒ 𝑠 𝑒𝑐 45° + 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 45°
2 ⇒ ⇒ =
1+𝐶𝑜𝑠θ 1+𝐶𝑜𝑠60° ×3
2
3
( 2) 2 + ( 2) 2 = 4
Alternate method :-
Type - VI
ote :-
N
(i) some most special cases to solve thequestionswedonot
need to put the value ofθ= 30°,60° … etc inquestions .
(ii) if the variable are given then put the value of any variable
equal to 0.
2 2
xample :- if 𝑎𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ + 𝑏𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ = c then find the value of
E
tanθ = ?
𝑐−𝑏 𝑏−𝑐 𝑐−𝑏 𝑐+𝑏
(a) (b) (c) (d)
−𝑐
𝑎 −𝑐
𝑎 𝑐 −𝑎 +𝑐
𝑎
2 2
Solution :-𝑎𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ + 𝑏𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ = c {put c = 0}
2
2 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 θ −𝑏 2 −𝑏
𝑎𝑠 𝑖𝑛 θ = -𝑏𝑐 𝑜𝑠 θ ⇒ 2 = ⇒ 𝑡𝑎𝑛 θ =
𝑐𝑜𝑠 θ 𝑎 𝑎
put𝑐 = 0 in the options one by one to satisfy thevalue
Then , options a satisfy.
𝑐−𝑏 0−𝑏 −𝑏
= =
−𝑐
𝑎 −0
𝑎 𝑎
Type - VII
ote :-
N
(i)ingeneraltrigonometricfunctiontosolvethequestionweput
thevalueof θ =30°,60°,90°inthecosine,sine,secandcosec
function
(ii) in the tan , and cot function put the valueofθ = 45°
1+𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝐴
Example :- The value of = ? (Note:Aisnon-
−𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝐴
1
z ero)
RRB NTPC CBT - I 16/01/2021 (Evening)
(a) tanA (b) sinA (c) cosA (d) cotA
+𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝐴
1
Solution :-
1−𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝐴
Short trick :put A = 30°
1
+𝑐𝑜𝑠60
1
1+2
= 1 = 3 = cot 30° = cotA
1−𝑐𝑜𝑠60 1−2
1 unit= ?⇒ ? = 30 m
Height and Distance
Case (2)
In this chapter following concepts / terminologies will be used.
AngleOfElevation:- Theanglemadebythelineofsightwith
the horizontal line is called the angle of elevation.
xample:-Theangleofelevationofthetopofabuildingata
E
distanceof70mfromitsfootonahorizontalplaneisfound
to be 60°. Find the height of the building
SSC CGL Tier II (03/03/2023)
Angle Of Depression :- The angle made bythelineofsight
with the horizontal line is called the angle of depression. ( a) 70 3m (b) 60 3m (c) 50 3m (d) 70 2m
Solution:-
Note: When we come near object, the angle of elevation
increases and when we go away from theobject,theangleof
Angle→ 30° : 60° : 90°
elevation decreases.
ide → 1 : 3 : 2
S
Note: Angle of elevation and angle of depression are always According to the questions ,
qual.
e 1 unit = 70 m
hen , height of the building ( 3units) = 70 3m.
T
Exam hall approach:-
Some Important Relation
1 unit = 70 m
S.No. ngle
A Ratios of sides 3unit = 70 3m.
1 45° : 45° : 90° 1 : 1 : 2
2 30° : 60° : 90° 1 : 3: 2 Case (3)
3 15° : 75° : 90° ( 3- 1) : ( 3+ 1) : 2 2
4 30° : 30° : 120° 1 : 1 : 3
Case (1)
Example:-Theangleofelevationofaladderleaningagainsta
all is 15° and the foot of the ladder is4mawayfromthe
w
wall. The length of the ladder is :
Solution:-
Example:-Theangleofelevationofthetopofatowerfroma
oint on the ground, 45°whichis30mfromthefootofthe
p
tower. Find the height of the tower?
Case (1)
Case (3)
xample:-300mfromthefootofacliffonalevelground,the
E
angle of elevation of the top of a cliff is 60°. Find the height of
sing identity,
U
Case (5) d = h(cotθ 1- cotθ 2)
⇒ 10 = h(cot 30° - cot 60°)
When the angle change fromθ to 2θ 1 3−1
⇒ 10 = h( 3 - )⇒ 10 = h( )
3 3
2 10 3
⇒ 10 = h =
2
=5 3
3
xample:-TheangleofelevationofapointAontheground
E
fromthetopofatoweris30°.Ongoing10mtowardsthefoot
ofthetower,theangleofelevationchangesto60°.Whatwill
be the height of the tower ?
Solution :-
h = 𝑥𝑦
xample:-Theanglesofelevationofthetopofatowerfrom
E
twopointsatadistanceof4mand9mfromthebaseofthe
ccording to the question,
A towerandinthesamestraightlinewithitarecomplementary.
⇒ 2 unit = 10 m (given that) Find the height of the tower.
⇒ 1 unit = 5 m Solution :-
Now, height of the tower ( 3) = 5 3m
xam Hall approach
E
Using identity,
2 2 2
=𝑦 − 𝑥
ℎ
Where DC(y) = 10 m, BD(𝑥) = 5 m and AB(h) = ?
So,
2 2 2
⇒ ℎ =10 - 5 = 75⇒ h = 75⇒ h = 5 3m Using identity,
⇒ h = 𝑥𝑦⇒ h = 4× 9⇒ h = 6 m
Case (6)
(b)
a = h(cotθ 1+
cotθ 2)
xample :- Two points A and B are on the ground and on
E
oppositesidesofatower.Aisclosertofootoftowerby42m
thanB.Iftheanglesofelevationofthetopofthetowerfrom
A and B are 60° and 45° respectively, then the height ofthe
tower is closest to : et the height of tower (EA) = a
L
SSC CPO 13/12/2019 (Evening) Using the identity,
𝑎𝑐𝑜𝑡θ1
(a) 94.6 m (b) 99.4 m (c) 88.2 m (d) 87.6 m 𝑎𝑐𝑜𝑡30°
⇒ h = ⇒ 195=
Solution:-Let PQ be the height of the tower. 𝑐𝑜𝑡θ1−𝑐𝑜𝑡θ2 𝑐𝑜𝑡30°−𝑐𝑜𝑡60°
xample:-Theangleofelevationofanaeroplanefromapoint
E
onthegroundis45°.Afteraflightof12secondshorizontally,
the angle of elevation changes to 30°. If the aeroplane is
flyingatheightof2400m,Findthespeedoftheaeroplane(in
km/h).
NTPC CBT II (15/06/2022) 3rd Shift
(a) 72(1+ 3) (b) 720( 3+ 1)
θ +α = 90° then, (c) 720( 3– 1) (d) 72( 3– 1)
𝑥= 𝐻1𝐻
2
Solution :-
(f)
• Origin:-Thepointofintersectionofcoordinateaxesisorigin.
The coordinates of origin are (0 , 0). (b) External division :
• Abscissa :- The x - coordinate is called abscissa. It is the
perpendicular distance of a point from y axis.
• Ordinate :- The y-coordinate is called ordinate . It is the
perpendicular distance of a point from x-axis.
• Ify=a,whereaisconstanttheny=adenotesastraightline
parallel to x-axis.
𝐴
𝑃
𝑚 𝑚𝑥
2 −𝑛𝑥1 𝑚𝑦
2−𝑛𝑦1
• Ifx=a,whereaisconstantthenx=adenotesastraightline
𝑃𝐵
=
𝑛
⇒ P(𝑥, 𝑦) =(
𝑚−𝑛
, 𝑚−𝑛
)
parallel to y-axis.
• Forpassingalinethroughtheorigin,oneofthecoordinatesof
the given equation must be (0, 0).
xample :- Using the section formula, determine the
E
coordinatesofthepointCthatexternallydividesthepointsA
Important Formula
(-3, -1), and B (-1, 0) in a ratio of 2 : 3.
Solution :- We know that,
Distance Formula
If points P(x1, y1), Q(x2 ,y2 ) lie on the plane xythen,
2 2
PQ = (𝑥2 − 𝑥1) + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1)
xample:- Ifthedistancebetweentwopoints(x,7)and(1,
E 𝑚𝑥
2 −𝑛𝑥1 𝑚𝑦
2−𝑛𝑦1
15) is 10 units, then the possible values of x = ?
P(𝑥, 𝑦)=(
𝑚−𝑛
, 𝑚−𝑛
)
RRB NTPC CBT - I 08/03/2021 (Evening) According to the question,
2 2 equired coordinates of the point
R
Solution :- Distance formula = (𝑥2 − 𝑥1) + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1)
(2×−1
) −(3 ×−3
) (2×0) −3×−1
2 2
=(
2−3
, 2−3
)
10 unit = (1 − 𝑥 ) + (15 − 7)
(−2+9 0+3
2 2
(
=
−1
, −1 ) = (-7 ,-3)
10 = (𝑥 + 1 − 2𝑥) + (8)
2
100 =𝑥 + 1 − 2𝑥+ 64
2 2
00 - 65 =𝑥 − 2𝑥⇒ 𝑥 − 2𝑥- 35 = 0
1 (c) Midpoint Division :
Where ,𝑥= 7 , - 5 hisisderivedfromthedivisionformula.Thecoordinatesofa
T
point that divides line segments in the ratio 1 : 1 means
(m : n ) = ( 1 : 1)
xample :- Convert the equation 12𝑥 + 3𝑦 -24 = 0 into
E
intercept form. Whatisthe 𝑥-interceptandthe 𝑦- interceptof
the line?
𝐴
𝑃
𝑚
1 𝑥1 +𝑥2 𝑦1+𝑦2 Solution :-The given equation of a line is 12𝑥+ 3𝑦- 24 = 0.
= = ⇒ P(𝑥, 𝑦)=( , )
𝑃𝐵 𝑛 1 2 2 Then, the intercept forms the equation of a line.
⇒ 12𝑥+ 3𝑦= 24
xample :- Find the coordinates of the points whichdivide
E 12𝑥 3𝑦
𝑥 𝑦
⇒
+ = 1⇒
+ = 1
the line segment joining A(-2, 2) and B(2,8)intotwoequal 24 4
2 2
8
parts. ow,
N
Solution :- Let the point = P 𝑥- intercept = (2, 0) and𝑦- intercept = (0 , 8)
−2+2 2+8
⇒ P(𝑥,𝑦) = (
2
, 2
) ⇒ P(𝑥,𝑦) = (0 ,5)
Slope of a line:-
• If(x1 , y1),(x2 ,y2)areanytwopointsonlineL,thentheratio
Centroid (G) And Incentre (I) Formula 𝑦2−𝑦1
is called the slopeof the line L.
𝑥2 −𝑥1
| 𝑚2 −𝑚1 |
⇒ tanθ =| |
| 1+𝑚1 𝑚2 |
| 𝑚2 −4 | | 𝑚2 −4 | 𝑚2 −4
⇒ tan45° =| | ⇒ 1 =| | ⇒ 1 =
Let , Centroid of a triangle = ( X , Y ) | 1+4𝑚 2 | | 1+4𝑚
2 | 1+4𝑚
2
𝑥1 +𝑥2 +𝑥3 2+3+4 9
5
Now , X = = =
= 3 ⇒ 1 + 4𝑚2 =𝑚2 - 4⇒ 𝑚2 =
3 3
3 3
𝑦1+𝑦2+𝑦3 5+9+1 5
1
And Y = = = = 5
3 3
3 Polar coordinates of a point :-
Hence , Centroid of a triangle = ( X , Y )⇒ (3 , 5 )
X =𝑟cosθ , Y =𝑟sinθ
Example:-Forwhatvalueofk,thepairofequations4x-3y=
• if the center is origin then the equation of circlewill be
, 2x + ky = 11 has one solution?
9
Solution :-
Given that the equations 4x - 3y = 9 and 2x + ky = 11
𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1
Condition of one solution→ ≠ =
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2
So,
4 −3 9 −3 9 −33
⇒ ≠ = ⇒ = ⇒ 9k = - 33⇒ k =
2 𝑘 1
1
𝑘 1
1 9
1
18 = |(− 12) − {− 6𝑥 + 12}|
2
• Equation of a circle:-
2 2 36 =|(− 12) + 6𝑥 − 12| =|6𝑥 − 24|
𝑥 +𝑦 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, where centerof the circle is (- g , - f) 6 = ± I− 24 + 6𝑥I
3
2 2
and radius (r) = 𝑔 + 𝑓 − 𝑐 So , 36 = - 24 + 6𝑥and 36 = 24 - 6𝑥
𝑥= 10 and 𝑥= - 2
𝑛!
.P
ermutations and Combinations P(𝑛, 𝑟) = nPr=
(𝑛−𝑟 )!
Permutation xample :- How many three digit numbers can be formed
E
without usingthedigits0,1,4,5,7,ifrepetitionofdigitsare
efinitionofpermutation:apermutationisanarrangementina
D not allowed ?
definite order of a number of objects taken some or all at a time. Bihar Police Cons. 14/03/2021 (2nd Shift)
(a) 60 (b) 120 (c) 504 (d) 720
Factorial Solution:-𝑛= no. of digit that are not in 0,1,4,5,7
Hence, n = (2 , 3 , 6 , 8 , 9) = 5
(I)𝑛! = 𝑛× (𝑛 − 1)......... 3× 2× 1 𝑟= 3
( II)0! = 1 (as we need three digit number only)
5 5! 5×4×3×2!
(III) Factorials of negative numbers are not defined. So, 𝑃3 = (5−3) ! = = 60
2!
* In permutation, order of appearance of things is taken into
account. * The relationship betweenpermutationandcombinationfor‘r’
things taken from ‘n’ things.
xample :- let there are three objects A, B & C.
E Pr= 𝑟!
n
× 𝑛C
𝑟
When one object is taken at a time then permutation or
arrangement of these object (3) - A, B, C
xample:- If nC
E
x=
126 and
n
Px =
3024 findnandx.
When two object is taken at a time then permutation or
HCS CSAT (12/09/2021)
arrangementoftheseobject(6)-(A,B),(B,A),(B,C),(C,B),(C,
(a) 7,3 (b) 8,4 (c) 8,3 (d) 9,4
A), (A, C)
Solution:- nPx = x! nCx
When three object is taken at a time then permutation or
3024 = 126 x! ⇒ 24 = x!
arrangementoftheseobject(6)-(A,B,C)(A,C,B)(B,A,C)(B,
4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 4!
C, A)(C, A, B)(C, B, A)
So, x = 4
Now,nCx =nC4 = 126 ( a) 0234 (b) 3420 (c) 2340 (d) 4320
!
𝑛 Solution:-In the word ‘DAUGHTER’
= 126
4! (𝑛
−4 ) ! Consonants = 5 letter , vowels = 3 letter
𝑛(𝑛 −1 ) (𝑛
−2 ) (𝑛
−3 ) (𝑛
−4
) ! Now, all the vowels should come together so consider the
= 126
4! (𝑛
−4 ) ! bundle of vowels as one letter, then total letters will be 6.
(𝑛 − 1) (𝑛 − 2)(𝑛 − 3) =126×4! =6×7×3×4×3×2×
𝑛 According to the question,
1 So, the number of ways to arrange 6 letters = 6!
𝑛(𝑛 − 1) (𝑛 − 2)(𝑛 − 3)= 9 × 8 × 7 × 6 Now, vowels also interchange their position
So, n = 9 So, the number of ways = 3!
Hence, value of n = 9 and x = 4 Hence, required ways = 6! × 3! = 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 3 × 2
= 4320
Fundamental Principle of Counting (Counting without
●
actually counting)
IfaneventAcanoccurin '𝑥’differentwaysandanothereventB
canoccurin '𝑦'differentways,thenthetotalnumberofdifferent
ways of -
(I) simultaneous occurrence of both events is 𝑥× 𝑦.
(Multiplication Principle)
(II) happening exactly one of the events is 𝑥 + 𝑦. (Addition
Principle)
Example:- A person has to go to Mumbai from Patna via
elhi.HecangotoDelhifromPatnain3differentwaysand
D
can go to Mumbai from Delhi in 4 different ways. Then,he
can go to Mumbai from Patna via Delhi in3× 4 = 12ways.
Permutation Combination
are used when order/sequence are used when only the number
ofarrangementis needed. ofpossiblegroups are to be
found and the order/sequence
of arrangement is not needed.
It is used for things of a It is used for things of a similar
different kind. kind.
The permutation of two things The combination of two things
from three given things a,b,c is from three given things a, b, c is
ab, ba, bc, cb, ca, ac. ab, bc, ca.
ote:-Foragivensetofnandrvalues,thepermutationanswer
N
is larger than the combination answer.
Miscellaneous
xample :-Inhowmanydifferentwayscanthelettersofthe
E
word ‘POPULAR’ be arranged ?
SBI Clerk Pre 29/02/2020 (1st Shift)
(a) 1650 (b) 1780 (c) 6800 (d) 2520 (e) None of these
solution:-Total number of letter in work ‘POPULAR’= 7
Repeated letter = 2
So, number of different ways to arrange the work ‘POPULAR’
!
7 7×6×5×4×3×2×1
= = = 2520
2! 2×1
8
2 24 6
Probability P(𝐴 ) =1 –
52
=
2
5
=
3
1
Definition :- Probability can be defined as the ratio of the 6. Equally likely outcomes:-All outcomes with equalprobability
umberoffavorableoutcomestothetotalnumberofoutcomes
n
of an event. . Sample space :- Asamplespaceisacollectionorasetof
7
In short Probability defines the likelihood of occurrence of an possible outcomes of a random experiment.
event. Example− Sample space for tossing of a coin once gives S
= {H, T}
Sample space for tossing a coin twice gives S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}
Examples :- Flipping or tossing of a coin, Rolling a dice, Sample space for rolling a dice gives S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
rawing a ball fromabagcontaininganumberofballs,etc.
D
all such events lead to finding the probability. .Simpleevent:- Ifanevent 𝐸 hasonlyonesamplepointofa
8
Formula for probability : sample space, it is called a simple (or elementary) event.
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝐹𝑎𝑣𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 Forexample,intheexperimentoftossingtwocoins,thesample
P(E) =
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠.
space obtained is
S = { HH, HT, TH, TT }
Important Properties of Probability There are four simple events as follows :
These are,𝐸 1= {HH},𝐸 2= {HT},𝐸 3= {TH},𝐸 4= {TT}
a) The value of the probability of an event to happen can lie
etween 0 and 1 (0 can also be a probability).
b . Compound event :- If an event has more than one sample
9
b) The maximum probability of an event is its sample space point, it is called a compound event.
(sample space is the total number of possible outcomes) Example − In the experiment of “tossing a coin thrice”, the
c)Probability of an impossible event is phi or anull set. events:-
d)There cannot be a negative probability for an event. X− ‘Exactly one head appeared’
e)IfAandBaretwomutuallyexclusiveoutcomes(Twoevents Y− ‘At Least one head appeared’
thatcannotoccuratthesametime),thentheprobabilityofA or Z− ‘Atmost one head appeared’ etc.
B occurring is the probability of A plus the probability of B. are all compound events. The subsets of S associated with
these events are
X={HTT,THT,TTH}
Important Terms in Probability
Y={HTT,THT, TTH, HHT, HTH, THH, HHH}
Z= {TTT, THT, HTT, TTH}
. Event :- A probability event can be defined as a set of
1
Eachoftheabovesubsetscontainmorethanonesamplepoint,
outcomes of an experiment.
hence they are all compound events.
The probability of an event E is a number P(E) such that
0≤𝑃(𝐸 )≤1
xample :- A coin is tossed 3 times. The probability of
E
.Elementaryevent:-Aneventhavingonlyoneoutcome.Sum
2 getting exactly 2 heads is
ofallprobabilitiesofalltheelementaryeventsofanexperiment UPSC CAPF (07/08/2022)
1
3
1
5
= 1. (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 8 2 8
olution :-
S
. Sure or certain event :- The probability of such aneventis
3
When coin is tossed three time total outcomes = 23 = 8
equal to 1.
Favourable outcomes for getting exactly two heads
= (HTH)(HHT)(THH) = 3
4. Impossible events :- The probability of suchan event is zero.
3
orexample,inanexperimentofrollinga dice,theprobabilityof
F Hence, required probability =
8
getting a number greater than 6, is an impossible event.
5. Complementary events :- For any event, P(𝐸 ) + P(𝐸 ) = 1 0. The event A and B (A⋂B):-
1
Where𝐸 stands for “not𝐸 ” IntersectionoftwosetsA⋂Bisthesetofthoseelementswhich
are common to both A and B ie., belonging to ‘both A and B’
Also, P(𝐸 ) = 1 - P(𝐸 )
Suppose, S = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7} ,
Here𝐸 and𝐸 are called complementary events.
A = {2,3,5} and B = {1,3,5}
Here, A⋂ B = {3,5}
Example :- Acardisdrawnatrandomfromawellshuffled
ack of 52 playing cards. Find the probability of getting
p 1.The event ‘A or B’ (𝐴 ∪𝐵):-
1
neither a red card nor a queen. WhenthesetsAandBaretwoeventsassociatedwithasample
space, then ‘
Solution :-P(A) = 1 – P(𝐴 )
𝐴 ∪𝐵’ means The set of all values in sets A and B
P(𝐴 ) = 1– P(red card or a queen)
Suppose, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} , A = {2, 3, 5}
6
2 4 2
P(𝐴 ) = 1 – (
+ - ) and B = {1, 3, 5}
52 2 5
5 2
Here,𝐴 ∪𝐵= {1, 2, 3, 5}
P(2H) = P(0 T) =
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑡𝑤𝑜ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑑𝑠
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠
=
1
4
Playing Cards
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑦𝑜𝑛𝑒ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑑
2
P(1H) = P(1T) = = A "standard" deck of playing cards consists of 52 Cards and
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 4
1 f urthercategorizedinto4suitsofSpade(♠),club(♣),heart(♥),
= and diamond (◆) constituting 13 cards each.
2
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑛𝑜ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑑𝑠 1 Each suit contains 13 cards: Ace, 2, 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,Jack,
P(0H) = P(2T) = = Queen and King.
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 4
ollowingareafewprobabilitiestohelpinbetterunderstanding
F
the concept of probability on rolling one dice. xample :- Anil placed a deck of 52 cards. If youpicktwo
E
cards what is the probability that both are aces ?
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 3 1 RRB Clerk Pre 14/12/2021 (1st Shift)
P(Even Number) = = = Solution :- Number of ace cards = 4
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 6 2
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 3 1 4
P(Odd Number) = = = When 1 card is taken then, probability that itisace= =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 6 2 52
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 3 1 1
P(Prime Number) = = = 13
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑠 6 2
r emaining cards = 51
ii) Rolling two Dice :-Thetotalnumberofoutcomesonrolling Remaining ace cards = 3
t wo dice is 62= 36. Now, out of 51 cards one card is taken,probabilitythatitis
The following are the sample spaceof36outcomesonrolling 3 1
ace =
=
two dice. 51 7
1
1, 1 1, 2 1, 3 1, 4 1, 5 1, 6 1 1 1
Hence, probability that both cards is aces =
×
=
13 7
1 21
2
2, 1 2, 2 2, 3 2, 4 2, 5 2, 6
3, 1 3, 2 3, 3 3, 4 3, 5 3, 6
4, 1 4, 2 4, 3 4, 4 4, 5 4, 6 Conditional Probability
5, 1 5, 2 5, 3 5, 4 5, 5 5, 6
6, 1 6, 2 6, 3 6, 4 6, 5 6, 6 he probabilityofaneventEiscalledconditionalprobabilityof
T
E, given that F has already occurred and is denoted by P(E|F) .
Followingareafewprobabilitiestohelpinbetterunderstanding
t he concept of probability on rolling two dice or rolling a dice
xample :- Tossing of a coin thrice, or tossing three coins
E
twice.
simultaneously gives the sample space
6 1
P(doublet) =
= S = {HHH, THH, HTH, HHT, TTT, TTH, THT, HTT}
36
6
Let E be the event, two tails appear,
1
1
P(3 on at least one dice)=
4 1
36 therefore E = {TTT, HTT, THT, TTH}⇒ P(E) =
=
8
2
6 1
P(a sum of 7)=
= AndFbetheeventinwhich,firstcoinshowshead,therefore,
36
6
4 1
H = {HTT, HHH, HHT, HTH}⇒ P(F) =
=
8
2
1 o. of ways to draw 1 red ball out of 6 =6C1
N
Also, E ∩ F = {HTT}⇒ P(E ∩ F) =
4 No. of ways to draw 2 white ball out of 4 =4C2
Now, suppose that if itisgiventhatthefirstcoinshowstail, No. of ways to draw 3 balls out of 18 = 18C3
ie., F occurs, and then we have to find the probability of E. (𝐸
𝑛 ) 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑎𝑣𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
Required probability = =
Then in this case, we have to find the conditional probability. 𝑛(𝑆
) 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
The conditional probability of E, given that F has already 6 4
𝐶1 × 𝐶2 3
occurred is calculated as follows = =
𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑦𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠𝑓𝑎𝑣𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑜𝐸⋂
𝐹 18 68
𝐶3
P(E|F) =
𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑦𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠𝑓𝑎𝑣𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒𝑡𝑜𝐹
𝑃(𝐸 ∩𝐹)
(E|F) =
P
𝑃(𝐹 ) ey points to note :-
K
1 a) Thesumoftheprobabilityofhappeningofaneventandnot
4
1
Therefore, P(E|F) = 1 = happening of an event is equal to 1. P(A) + P(A') = 1.
2
2
b) Theprobabilityofanimpossibleeventortheprobabilityofan
vent not happening is always equal to 0. P(ϕ) = 0.
e
Probability By Permutation and Combination
c) The probability of a sure event is always equalto 1. P(A) = 1
).Thenumberofpermutationsof‘n’differentthingstaken‘r’at
a
a time, where repetition is not allowed is given by n d)Theprobabilityofhappeningofanyeventalwaysliesbetween
!
𝑛 and 1. 0 < P(A) < 1
0
𝑃 =
𝑛
𝑟
(
𝑛
− 𝑟 )!
Where, 0≤r≤n
b).n! = 1 × 2 × 3 ×……× n
c).n! = n × (n - r)!
).Thenumberofpermutationsof‘n’differentthingstaken‘r’at
d
a time, where repetition is allowed is given by
𝑟
𝑛 , Where, 0≤r≤n
).Thenumberofcombinationsof‘n’differentthingstaken‘r’at
e
a time, is given by
𝑛!
𝑛𝐶 = , 0≤r≤n
𝑟
(𝑛−𝑟)!𝑟!
ote :-
N
(i)𝑛𝐶 = n and (ii)𝑛𝐶 = 1
1 0
xample :- if we select 3 persons randomly from a group,
E
consisting of 4 men, 3 women and 2 boys, then the
probability that 2 men are selected is:
RRB NTPC CBT - I 13/03/2021 (Morning)
Solution :-
Total persons = 9, Men = 4
Formula
n
𝑛!
Cr=
𝑟!(𝑛
−𝑟)!
Favorable outcomes =4C2 × 5C1 5𝐶1
=6 × 5= 30
9×8×7
Total outcomes =9C3 = = 84
×2×3
1
30 5
equired probability =
R =
84 14
Example:-Suppose,abagcontains‘6’red,4whiteand8blue
alls. If three balls are drawn at random, then finding the
b
probability, of 1 red and 2 white balls as
Solution :-
9
1 3
1 47
2
Mean, Median and 21 15 315
Mode 23 16 368
25 18 450
27 16 432
Mean 29 15 435
31 13 403
Mean is theaverageofthegivennumbersandiscalculatedby 𝑓𝑖 = 106 𝑓𝑖𝑥 = 2650
𝑖
ividing the sum of given numbers by the total number of
d
numbers. The symbol𝑋represents the sample mean. 𝑓𝑖= 106 𝑓𝑖𝑥 = 2650
𝑖
𝑋1 +𝑋2 +𝑋3 +......𝑋𝑛 Σ𝑋 2650
Mean (𝑋) = = Mean = = 25
𝑛 𝑛 106
where n represents the total no of values in the sample.
xample :-Find the mean of 28, 21, 39, 33, 36, 23.
E Median
SSC MTS 05/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
(a) 30 (b) 32 (c) 26 (d) 28
edian is defined as the value of middlemost observations
M
Solution :-
when the data are arranged in either ascendingordescending
𝑋1 +𝑋2 +𝑋3 +......𝑋𝑛
order. It is denoted by 𝑀. In other words, 50% of values of
Mean(𝑋) =
𝑛 observations in the data are above median and 50%
28+21+39+33+36+23 80
1 observations have value less than the median.
=
= = 30
6
6
Example:-Find the mean of the following data: Median for discrete frequency distribution :- Suppose 𝑥1,
x 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 𝑥2, 𝑥3, ….., 𝑥𝑘 arethevaluesofavariablewithfrequencies𝑓 1, 𝑓 2,
f 13 15 16 18 16 15 13
𝑓 3, …..,𝑓 𝑘 respectively.
RRB NTPC CBT - I 16/01/2021 (Morning)
(a) 20 (b) 30 (c) 28 (d) 25 frequency distribution generally shows the observations
A
Solution :- arranged in ascending order. We shall use cumulative
frequenciestofindthemedianforafrequencydistributionwhere
𝑥𝑖 𝑓𝑖 𝑓𝑖𝑥
𝑖 observations are arranged in ascending order.
5 2
What is the median of the number of sixes ?
SSC MTS 06/08/2019 (Morning)
Mode
(a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 4.5
Thevaluewhichgetsrepeatedthemaximumnumberoftimesor
Solution :-
t hevalueoccurringwithmaximumfrequencyinthegivendatais
Number of Number of Cumulative
called mode. It is denoted by𝑀0.
Sixes batsman frequency
(𝑥𝑖) (𝑓 𝑖) (𝑐 𝑓) xample:-Themodeofthegivendata: 4,4,9,9,9,5,5,5,
E
1
2 2 5, 5 is 5, as 5 is repeated the maximum number of times.
2 3 + 3 = 5
2
3 1 5 + 1 = 6 odeforrawdataandfordiscretefrequencydistribution
M
4 3 6 + 3 = 9 :- Inthesecasesthemodecanbefoundsimplybyinspection.
5 2 9 + 2 = 11 ecanfindthemodeasavalueamongtheobservationswhich
W
11 is repeated maximum number of times or the one which has
N = 5.5
=
2 maximum frequency.
ince, 5.5 lies in the 6th cumulative frequency zone.
S
Hence, Median of sixes will be 3. Mode for continuous frequency distribution :-
he class having the maximum frequency is called as modal
T
class of the frequency distribution.
Median for continuous frequency distribution :- 𝑓1 −𝑓0
continuous frequency gives the values of the variableinthe
A Mode𝑀0= L +{ } × h
2.𝑓
1 −𝑓0 −𝑓2
form of class intervals and they are generally arranged in
ascending order. In such cases, we will use the cumulative Where, L = Lower limit of modal class
frequencies to find the median. These cumulative frequencies 1 = Frequency of modal class
𝑓
will show ustheclasscontainingthemedian.Forthis,wetake 𝑓 0 = Frequency of previous modal class
th
𝑛
edian class = class containing the ( ) observations
M 𝑓 2 = Frequency of next modal class
2
where, n = total number of observations h = Class size
𝑛 y formula,
B
2
−𝑐𝑓
Median𝑀= L + × c ote :- The above formula can be usedonlyifthedistribution
N
𝑓
where,𝐿= lower boundary point of median class hasclassesofequalclasslength.Moreover,theformulacanbe
𝑐 𝑓= cumulative frequency of the class prior to median class usedonlyinthosecaseswherethemaximumfrequencyisonly
𝑓 = frequency of the median class for one class.
𝑐 = length of median class
Note :-When no prior class is there, then in that case𝑐 𝑓= 0 xample:- Find themodeforthegivendistribution(rounded
E
off to two decimal places).
Class
xample:-Find t he median of the given frequency
E - 10 1
5 0 - 15 1
5 - 20 2
0 - 25 2
5 - 30 30 - 35
Interval
distribution.
Frequency
8
7
6
9 1
1 10
Class interval Frequency
SC CGL Tier II (02/03/2023)
S
0-10 8
(a) 35.25 (b) 40.25 (c) 30.33 (d) 28.33
10-20 7 Solution :-
20-30 9 Class
-10 1
5 0 -15 1
5 -20 2
0 -25 2
5 - 30 30 - 35
30-40 12 Interval
40-50 11 Frequency
8
7
6
9 1
1 10
RRC Group D 26/09/2022 ( Evening ) 𝑓1 −𝑓0
215 85 265 88 Mode = L +{ } × h
2.𝑓
1 −𝑓0 −𝑓2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 3 9 3
here, L = Lower limit of modal class
W
Solution :-
𝑓 1 = Frequency of modal class
class Frequency C.F
Varianceisastatisticalmeasurementthatisusedtotheaverage
quared difference between data values and the mean
s Example:- If the mean is 25 andthestandarddeviationis5
2 t hen the coefficient of variation is:
2
Variance( σ ) =
𝑛
( )
Σ𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 −𝑥 RRB NTPC CBT - I 07/01/2021 (Evening)
𝑛 (a) 20% (b) 48% (c) 60% (d) 27%
𝑥, denoted is data mean 5
Solution :-Coefficient of Variation = × 100 = 20%
25
𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥= calculate the difference of for eachvalue in the data set
Now , Variance =
𝑛
( )
Σ𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 −𝑥
𝑛
0.0
625+3.0
625+0.5
625+5.0
625
= 2.1875
=
4
Standard deviation = 𝑣 𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 = 2. 1875= 1.48
xample:-Ifa:b=c:d=e:f=g:h=1:3,thenwhatwillbe
E
the value of the following :
(pa + qc + re + sg) : (pb + qd + rf + sh)
RRB NTPC CBT - I 05/04/2021 (Evening)
(a) 1 : 5 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 4
Types of Proportion
Solution :- Given ,
a : b = c : d = e : f = g : h = 1 : 3 Then ,
(pa + qc + re + sg) : (pb + qd + rf + sh)
(p× 1 + q× 1 + r× 1 + s× 1) : (p× 3 + q× 3 + r× 3 + s× 3)
(p + q + r + s ) : 3 ( p + q + r + s )⇒ 1 : 3
𝑎 𝑐 𝑒 𝑓
h)If
= =
= = K, where K is constant .
𝑏
𝑑
𝑓
𝑔
i)For continued proportion, bn )lies between lowest and highest values of thesefractions.
𝑎 𝑐
= =𝑘 ,𝑎 = 𝑏𝑘, 𝑐 = 𝑑𝑘 2 4
1
𝑏
𝑑 Example:-Threeunequalfractionsare , , So,theratio
2 3 7
of (1 + 2 + 4) : (2 + 3 + 7) = 7:12.Amongthesefractions,
j)MeanProportion:Meanproportionoftwonumbers,aandb,is
1
2
given by 𝑎𝑏. lowest fraction is andthehighestfractionis So,the
2 3
1 2
required value lies between and .
2 3
Example:-The mean proportional between
( 3 + 5) and (15 − 125) is _________ .
Selection Post 27/06/2023 (2nd Shift) 3)If an amount A is to be divided between𝑥and𝑦in the ratio
( a) 3 5 (b) 5 5 (c) 9 5 (d) 2 5 m : n then
Solution:-
𝑚 𝑛
𝑥= × A and𝑦= × A
Mean proportional = (3 + 5)(15 − 125) 𝑚+𝑛 𝑚+𝑛
= (3 + 5)5(3 − 5) = 5( 9 − 5) =2 5
xample :-Two numbers are in the ratio 5 : 7
E
k)3rd Proportional:- 3rd proportion of a and b i.e. a : b :: b :x If the sum of the numbers is 108, find the smaller number.
2
RRC Group D 30/09/2022 ( Afternoon )
𝑏 (a) 42 (b) 47 (c) 36 (d) 45
⇒ Then ,x=
𝑎
Solution :-
xample :-Third proportion of 15 and 120 is:
E 5
Smaller number = × 108 = 45
SSC CHSL 04/08/2023 (4th Shift) 5+7
(a) 880 (b) 960 (c) 900 (d) - 860
Solution :-
120×120 4)Ifanratioofamountof𝑥and𝑦ism:nandtheirdifferenceof
Third proportional = = 960 t heir share is A then
15
𝑚 𝑛
𝑥= × A and𝑦= × A
𝑚−𝑛 𝑚−𝑛
l)4th Proportional:4th proportionalofa,bandc i.e. a:b::c:x
𝑏×𝑐 xample:- Two numbers are in the ratio 5 : 3 and t he
E
⇒ Then ,x= difference between these two numbers is 34. Find the
𝑎
smaller of the two numbers.
xample :- Find the fourth proportional of 1235 ,31 2 and 412.
E SSC CPO 03/10/2023 (1st Shift)
SSC MTS 14/09/2023 (3rd Shift) (a) 68 (b) 34 (c) 51 (d) 85
(a) 12-23 (b) 324 (c) 12-11 (d) 424
Solution:-
Solution :-
3
3
12
×4
12
Smaller number = × 34 = 51
Fourth proportional = 5−3
35
12
12 12
3 ×4
⇒ 35 35 = 3-23 × 4-23 = (3× 4 )-23 = 12-23 ) If aA = bB = cC, where a,b,c are constants and A, B, C are
5
3 ×4
variables. Then the ratio of A : B : C = b × c : c × a : a × b.
Or
IfaA=bB=cC=dD,wherea,b,c,dareconstantsandA,B,C,D
m)Componendo and Dividendo rule:
arevariables.ThentheratioofA:B:C:D=b×c× d:c×a×d:
+𝑏
𝑎 𝑐+
𝑑
If a : b :: c : d , Then⇒ = a × b × d : a × b × c.
𝑎−𝑏 𝑐 −
𝑑
Type - 3
Example:-AsumofRs.12000isdividedbetweenA,B,Cand
suchthattheratioofshareofAandBis8:9,thatofBand
D Example:-IfRs.825isdividedintothreepartsinaproportion
C is 2 : 3 and that of C:D is 9 : 13. What is the difference 4 3
1
of : : , then the firstpart will be :
between the shares of B and D ? 3 9 4
SSC CPO 13/12/2019 (Morning) RB NTPC CBT - I 08/03/2021 (Morning)
R
(a) Rs. 1320 (b) Rs. 2400 (a) Rs.190 (b) Rs.204
(c) Rs. 2520 (d) Rs. 2760 (c) Rs.180 (d) Rs.210
Solution:- Solution:- Rs.825isdividedintothreepartsinaproportion
Ratio→ A : B : C : D of LCM(3,9,4) = 36
8 : 9 : 9 : 9
1 4
3
3
× 36 :
9
× 36 : 4
× 36
2 : 2 : 3 : 3
9 : 9 : 9 : 13 =12: 16: 27;
---------------------------------------------- 2
1
Then the first part will be =825× = 180Rs.
55
16 : 18 : 27 : 39
On adding the ratios = 100 units
100 units = 12000⇒ 1 unit = 120
Example:-Rs. 43,120 is divided among P, QandRsuchthat
difference between the shares of B and D = 21 × 120 =Rs
4
2520 P's share is of total share of Q and R together and Q's
7
2
share is of total share of P and R together. What isthe
5
xample:-IfP:Q=3:4andQ:R=4:7,thenfindthevalueof
E
hare of R ?
s
(P + Q) : (Q + R) : (R + P).
SSC CHSL 21/03/2023 (3rd Shift)
SSC CGL Tier II (26/10/2023)
(a) Rs.15120 (b) Rs.14220
(a) 11 : 4 : 7 (b) 10 : 3 : 11
(c) Rs.16400 (d) Rs.18050
(c) 3 : 4 : 7 (d) 7 : 11 : 10
Solution:-
Solution:- P : Q : R = 3 : 4 : 7
Ratio→
Hence , (P + Q) : (Q + R) : (R + P) = (3 + 4) : (4 + 7) : (7 + 3)
P : Q + R = 4 : 7)× 7
= 7 : 11 : 10
: P + R = 2 : 5)× 11
Q ( a) 45 (b) 27 (c) 36 (d) 18
Total amount of P, Q, R = 77 units Solution:-Let the numbers are 2𝑥and 7𝑥.
And R’s unit = 77− (7× 4 + 11× 2) 2𝑥
+14 4
⇒ 7𝑥 −6 = 3
= 27 units
77 units = ₹43120 ⇒ 6𝑥 + 42 = 28𝑥 − 24
43120 ⇒ 28𝑥 − 6𝑥 = 42 + 24
(R)27 units = × 27→ ₹15120
77 ⇒ 22𝑥 = 66⇒ 𝑥 = 3
Sum of the numbers = 2𝑥+ 7𝑥= 6 + 21 = 27
Type - 4
Increase/ decrease in Population:-
Based on Coins/Notes
Example:-The population of a town increased by 10%and
When number of coins or notes asked: 0%intwosuccessiveyears,butdecreasedby25%inthethird
2
year. Find the ratio of the population in the third year
and the population 3 years back.
Example:-Inawallet,therearecoinsofRs.1.Rs.2andRs.5 RRB JE 01/06/2019 (Morning)
intheratioof2:5:3respectively.IfthereisRs.54inall,then (a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 99 : 100 (d) 100 : 99
how many Rs. 5 coins are there ? Solution:- Initial : final
SSC MTS 09/05/2023 (Afternoon)
Population of first year → 10 : 11
(a) 20 (b) 10 (c) 4 (d) 6
Population of second year→ 5 : 6
Solution:- Cost→ ₹ 1 : ₹ 2 : ₹ 5
Population of third year → 4 : 3
Ratio→ 2𝑥 : 5𝑥 : 3𝑥
-----------------------------------------
-------------------------
Final year → 100 : 99
Total amount = 2𝑥+ 10𝑥+ 15𝑥 = 27𝑥
Ratio of population after 3 year and before = 99:100
⇒ 27𝑥= ₹ 54
54
Number of ₹ 5 coins (3𝑥) = × 3𝑥= 6
27𝑥 Type - 6
xample:- In a bag there are coins of ₹5, ₹10 and ₹20
E Income = Expenditure + Saving
denominations.Thetotalnumberofcoinsinthebagis240.If
thenumberofcoinsof₹5,₹10,₹20denominationsareinthe xpenditure↑ then
E Expenditure↓ then
ratioof2:3:5,thenwhatisthetotalamountofmoneyinthe Saving↓ aving↑
S
bag ?
SSC MTS 12/07/2022 (Afternoon)
(a) ₹3,540 (b) ₹4,600
(c) ₹4,620 (d) ₹3,360 Example:-IftheratioofIncomeof2companiesis7:5,while
Solution :- it was found that the ratio of expenditureis5:3,Ifboththe
Denomination of coin: ₹5 : ₹10 : ₹20 companies save Rs.8,000 in each month. Find sum of
Ratio of coin → 2x : 3x : 5x monthly income of both the companies?
------------------------------------------- SBI Clerk Pre 19/11/2022 (2nd Shift)
Value → 10x : 30x : 100x (a) रु. 50000 (b) रु. 48000 (c) रु. 60000
10x = 240⇒ x = 24 (d) रु. 65000 (e) रु. 72000
Now total amount of money in the bag Solution:-
= 10x + 30x + 100x
= 140 x = 140× 24 = Rs 3360
Type - 5
atio (25 - 21) unit = 40000 - 24000
R
Addition and subtraction ⇒ 4 unit = 16000⇒ 1 unit = 4000
Sum of income of both companies
Increase / decrease in numbers: 12 unit = 4000 × 12 = ₹ 48000
Example:- Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 7. If the first
umber is increased by 14 and the second number is
n
decreased by 6, then the ratio becomes 4 : 3. What is the
sum of the original two numbers?
RRC Group D 02/09/2022 (Morning)
ccording to question ,
A
5 units = 15 years → 1 unit = 3 years
Ratio of area/volume
Sum of their present age =
(4 + 5) units + 14 years xample:-Theradiioftwocylindersareintheratio2:1and
E
= 9 × 3 + 14 = 41 years their heights are in the ratio 5 : 2. The ratio of their volumes is:
SSC CHSL Tier II (26/06/2023)
(a) 20 : 1 (b) 15 : 1 (c) 10 : 1 (d) 5 : 1
Type - 8 Solution:-
2
olume of cylinder =π𝑟 ℎ
V
Average Ratio → Initial : Final
2 2 2
(𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠) → (2) : (1)
Example:-InwhatratioshouldricecostingRs.67.5perkgbe ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 → 5 : 2
ixedwithricecostingRs.60perkgtogetanaveragepriceof
m ------------------------------------
Rs.64 per kg? Volume → 20 : 2 = 10 : 1
SSC CHSL Tier II (26/06/2023)
(a) 8 : 7 (b) 5 : 6 (c) 6 : 5 (d) 7 : 8
Solution:-Using alligation method , Miscellaneous
xample:-Thecostof3cupsand5platesis₹1,080andthe
E
costof2cupsand4platesis₹840.Findtheratioofthecost
of a cup to the cost of a plate.
SSC CHSL 03/08/2023 (3rd Shift)
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
Solution:-
3C + 5P = 1080 ₹ … e.q .(1)
2C + 4P = 840 ₹ … e.q .(2)
-------------------------------
C + P = 240 ₹
⇒ 2C + 2P = 480 ₹ …e.q .(3)
On solving e.q .(3) and e.q .(2) , we get
2P = 360⇒ P = 180 ₹ and C = 60 ₹
Required ratio = 1 : 3
5
Example:-Inaschool, ofthenumberofstudentsaregirls
2
1
4
andtherestareboys, ofthenumberofboysarebelow14
7
2
years of age, and of the number of girlsare14yearsor
5
above 14 years of age. If the number of students below14
y earsofageis1120,thenthetotalnumberofstudentsinthe
school is:
SSC CPO 25/11/2020 (Evening)
(a) 1820 (b) 1900 (c) 1920 (d) 1290
Solution:-
Ratio→ Boys : Girls = 7 : 5
3
Girls below 14 years of age = 5 × 3
=
5
4
oys below 14 years of age = 7 ×
B = 4
7
ccording to question ,
A
( 3 + 4 ) = 7 units = 1120
1 unit = 160
Total Students (7 + 5) = 12 × 160 = 1920
1
25% 0.25
percentage is a number or ratio that can beexpressedasa
A 4
fraction of 100.
1
20% 0.2
5
1
2
Example :-20% mean ? 16 % 16.67%
6 3
20
20% means number.
1
2
100 14.28%
14 %
7 7
0
2 1
lso, you can see
A = 0.2
=
100
5
1
1
12 % 12.5%
i.e. 0.2 of a number is the same as 20% of that thing. 8 2
𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
𝑉 1 1
Percentage = × 100 9 % 9.09%
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 11 11
1
1
8 % 8.33%
12 3
Important Concept
1 9
7 % 7.69%
13 13
𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒−𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
● ercentage change =
P × 100
𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 1
1
7 % 7.14%
● If the price of product increases ordecreasesbya%then 14 7
thedecreaseorincreaseinustoremainexpendituresame 1
2
𝑎 6 % 6.67%
is[{ } × 100]%. (‘+’forpriceincreaseand‘-’for 15 3
(100±𝑎)
rice decrease )
p 1
1
6 % 6.25%
16 4
● Ifthenumberisfirstincreasedbyx%andthendecreasedby
x%,thenthenetresultwillalwaysdecreaseanditisequalto 1 5
1
5 % 5.88%
2
𝑥 17 17
( )%. Same result will be obtained in the vice-versa
100 1
5
5 % 5.55%
case. 18 9
1 5
Successive percentage change :- 19
5
19
% 5.26%
1. T wo successive percentage change : If thenumberis
first increase or decrease bya%andthenincreaseor 1
5% 0.05
20
decrease by b% then, Effective percentage change
(±𝑎) (±𝑏) 1 6
1
2. = [± 𝑎 ± 𝑏 + ] % 4 % 4.76%
100 21 21
(+ve sign is used for increase, - ve sign is used for
1 6
ecrease)
d 4 % 4.54%
22 11
. Threesuccessivepercentagechange:Ifthenumberis
3
first increased by a% then by b% and then by c%, then 1 8
4 % 4.34%
23 23
Effective percentage change =
𝑎𝑏+𝑏𝑐+𝑐𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑐 1
1
(a + b + c + + )% 4 % 4.16%
100 10000 24 6
Note :-if a = b = c then,
2 3 1
𝑎
3 𝑎 4% 0.04
Effective percentage change = ( 3a+ + )% 25
100 10000
1
1
% 2 % 2.5%
40 2
Important Fractions and their Equivalent
Percentage
Some Important Derived Fraction
Fraction Percentage Decimal
Fraction Percentage Decimal
1 100% -
3
1
37 % 37.5%
1 8 2
50% 0.5
2
xample:-Anumberafterincreasingby36becomesequalto
E Or
its 109% then what is that number ?
RRB ALP Tier - II (23/01/2019) Morning
(a) 300 (b) 360 (c) 400 (d) 450 6. If P is smaller than Q by 𝑦%
, then Q is greater than P by
Solution :-increase in percentage = 9% 𝑦
× 100%
9% = 36 100−𝑦
36
100 % = × 100 = 400
9
Example :- if P is smaller than Q by 30%, then Q is greater
t han P by
2.Decreasing a number by 42% Solution :-
42 30
3
42%means thereforedecreasing42fromtheoriginalvalue × 100% = × 100% = 42.85%
00
1 100−30 7
100−42 58 29
00 gives
1 = =
100 100 50
7.Ifapersonsaves‘A’rupeesafterspendinga%onfood,b%on
t ravel, and c% on cinema of his income, then
1 100
Example :- A number when decreased by 22 % becomes Monthly income = × A
2 100−[𝑎+𝑏+𝑐]
17. The number is :
2
RRB NTPC CBT - I 29/12/2020 (Evening)
xample:-Jayspends50%ofhismonthlyincomeongrocery
E
(a) 420 (b) 280 (c) 212 (d) 315
1 9 andbills,20%ofhismonthlyincomeonbuyingclothes,5%of
Solution:- 22 % = hismonthlyincomeonmedicines,andtheremainingamount
2 40
of ₹12,500 he saves. What is Jay's monthly income?
Initial : Final
Matriculation Level 30/06/2023 (Shift - 3)
umber → 40
N : 31
(a) ₹45,000 (b) ₹57,500 (c) ₹65,000 (d) ₹50,000
31 units = 217,
Solution :-
217
So, the initial number (40 units) = × 40= 280 100
31 Monthly income = × 12500
00−[50+20+5]
1
100
= × 12500 = 50000 Rs.
25
3.If any quantity is increased by𝑥 %, then to return to the
Or Example:-Thereductionof20%inthepriceofriceenablesa
ersontoobtain50kgmoreforRs.450.Findtheoriginalprice
p
9.Ifsideof asquareorradiusofacircledecreasesby𝑎%,then of rice per kg.
𝑎
2
SSC CGL 02/12/2022 (2nd Shift)
decrease in area = ( - 2𝑎+ )% (a) Rs.1 (b) Rs.2 (c) Rs.1.25 (d) Rs.2.25
100
Solution :-
xample :- Iftheradiusofacircleisincreasedby10%.then
E Expenditure = price × consumption
its area would increase by: Here,expenditureisconstantinbothcases.so,theratioof
SSC CHSL 20/03/2023 (4th Shift) price is inversely proportional to the ratio of consumption.
(a) 100% (b) 20% (c) 21% (d) 19% Price of rice ⇒ 5 : 4
Solution :- Consumption⇒ 4 : 5
2 2 -------------------------------
𝑎 0
1
increase in area = (2𝑎 + )% = (2× 10+ )% = 21% Consumption increase = 1 unit→ 50 kg
100 100
Initial consumption = 4 unit→ 200 kg
Exam Hall Approach :
Original price per k.g.(Rate)
1
Fraction value of 10% = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑥𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 450
10 =
= = 2.25 Rs./kg
2
𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑇 00
2
rea of circle =π𝑟
A Exam hall approach :
Old area : new area original price per kg =
100 : 121 20×450 0×450
2
9
Percentage increase in area = = = 2.25 Rs./kg
(100−20)5
0 0×50
8 4
21
= × 100 = 21%
100
Types of Questions :-
10. Increasingthelengthbya%,breadthbyb%,andheightofa
uboid by h%, increases its volume by:
c Simple Calculation Based
𝑎𝑏+𝑏𝑐+𝑐𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑐
(a + b + c +
+ )%
100 10000
Example :- If 20% of (A + B) = 30% of (A – B), then what
ercentage of B is equal to A ?
p
Example:-Thelengthandbreadthofacuboidareincreased
Solution :- 20% of (A + B) = 30% of (A – B)
y 10% and20%,respectively,anditsheightisdecreasedby
b
𝐴 5 5
20%. The percentage increase in the volume of the cuboid is: ⇒ 2 (A + B) = 3 (A – B) ⇒ =
= × 100= 500%
𝐵
1
1
SSC CHSL 14/10/2020 (Morning)
4
1
2
3
(a) 5 % (b) 5 % (c) 5 % (d) 5 %
5 5 5 5
1
Solution :- increases its volume Example:-Zisincreasedsuccessivelyby11 %and10%to
9
10×2 0−20×2 0 1
0−20×1 0×2 0×2
0
= (10 + 20 - 20 + - )% et R. If R = 165, then what is the value of Z ?
g
100 0000
1
SSC MTS 25/07/2022 (Morning)
00
4 4 2 3
= (10 -
100
- 10
) = 6 -
5
=5 %
5 (a) 145 (b) 115 (c) 125 (d) 135
1
1
1
xam Hall Approach :
E Solution :-11 % = , 10% =
9 9 10
Let each side = 10
10 11
Volume =10 × 10 × 10= 1000 Z ×
× = 165⇒ Z = 135
9 0
1
New length, breadth and height =11,12,8
New volume =11 × 12 × 8= 1056
56 3
Required percentage= × 100= 5 % Example:-Thelengthandbreadthofacuboidareincreased
1000 5
y 10% and20%,respectively,anditsheightisdecreasedby
b
20%. The percentage increase in the volume of the cuboid is:
11. If 𝑥 % of a total sum (A) is taken by 1st person, 𝑦 % of SSC CHSL 14/10/2020 (Morning)
4
1
2
3
remainingsumistakenby2ndperson,and𝑧%ofremainingsum (a) 5 % (b) 5 % (c) 5 % (d) 5 %
5 5 5 5
istakenby3rdperson,thenifRbetheremainingamount,then
Solution :-Let each side = 10
initial amount:
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 114
Pinnacle Percentage
Fraction Based
Now , x : y = 4 × 4 : 5 × 5 = 16 : 25
xample:-Ifthenumeratorofafractionisincreasedby12%
E
25−1 6
and its denominator is reduced by 8%, it gives a new fraction % increase in sales = × 100 = 56.25%
16
6
1
. What is the original fraction ?
17
Selection Post 27/06/2023 (3rd Shift) Population Based
2
9 3
2 8
2 19
1
(a) ( b) (c) (d)
119 28 23 2
9
𝑎 Example:-Inthefirstyearthepopulationofatowndecreased
Solution :-Let the fraction be y 5% due to the Corona virus first wave. In the next yearit
b
𝑏
According to question, decreasedagainby5%duetothesecondwaveandinthethird
112 year it increased by 5%. At the end of the third year the
𝑎×100 6
1
= population was 9,47,625. What w as the population at the
2
9 17
×100
𝑏 beginning of the first year?
𝑎 16×92 1472 92 SSC CGL 08/12/2022 (3rd Shift)
=
=
= (a) 7,00,000 (b) 10,00,000 (c) 8,97,993 (d) 9,92,519
𝑏 7×112
1 904
1 19
1
Solution:-Letthepopulationatthebeginningofthefirstyear
be x
Percentage Error Based According to question,
9
1 19 21
x × × × = 9,47,625
9 20 20 20
Example:-Anaccountantmultipliedanumberby instead 7581 9,4
7,6
25×8000
2
x × = 9,47,625 ⇒ x = 10,00,000
=
2 8000 7581
of
9
. What is the approximate percentage error in his
alculation ?
c
SSC GD Constable 22/11/2021 (Afternoon) Income and expenditure based
(a) 0.95% (b) 95% (c) 9.5% (d) 0.095%
Solution :-Let the no. be 18 i.e. LCM of (2, 9) Income = Expenditure + Saving
9
Correct no = 18 × = 81
2
xample :-Raman spends 75% of his income. If hisincome
E
2
Incorrect no = 18 × = 4 increases by 20% and expenditure also increases by 10%, then
9
By what percent will Raman's savings increase ?
81−4 7
7
Required percentage = × 100 = × 100 SSC CHSL 08/08/2023 (4th Shift)
81 81
(a) 35% (b) 40% (c) 50% (d) 45%
= 95.06≈ 95%
Solution :- Let income of Raman = 100
Income = Expenditure + Savings
Successive Increase/Decrease Based Initial :- 100 = 75 + 25
Final :- 120 = 82.5 + 37.5
xample :- Two successive increments of 30% each is by
E 37.5
−25
% increase in Saving = × 100= 50%
25
what percentage more than two successive decrements of
30% each? (Correct to two decimal places)
xample :- The salaries of P and Q together amount to ₹
E 33
2
Then, Total aggregate % = × 100= 61. 32%
6,40,000. P and Q save 60% and 40%, respectively, of their 380
individual salaries. If their expenditures are the same, then
what is the ratio of P's salary to Q's salary ? xample:- Intheschool,therewere1400boysand600girls.
E
SSC MTS 14/09/2023 (3rd Shift) 40%ofgirlsand60%ofboyspassedtheexamination.Whatis
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 3 : 2 (d) 3 : 4 the percentage of failed candidates ?
Solution :-Let the salary of P = 100𝑅1 RRB NTPC CBT - I 16/02/2021 (Morning)
and the salary of Q = 100𝑅2 (a) 46% (b) 65% (c) 72% (d) 63%
Expenditure of P = 40% of 100𝑅1 = 40𝑅1 Solution :- Boys = 1400 , Girls = 600
40
Expenditure of Q = 60% of 100𝑅2 = 60𝑅2 40% of girls = 600 × = 240
100
According to the question, 60
0% of boys = 1400 ×
6 = 840
𝑅1 100
3
40𝑅1 =
60𝑅2 ⇒ = otal number of fail candidates = 60% of Girl + 40% of Boys
T
𝑅2 2
= 360 + 560 = 920
Required ratio = 100× 3 : 100× 2 = 3 : 2 920
Percentage of failed candidates = ×100 = 46%
2000
Examination Based
Election Based
xample :- In an examination, Anita scored 31% marks and
E
xample:-Intheelection,8%ofthevotersdidnotcasttheir
E
failedby16marks.Sunitascored40%marksandobtained56
votes. Two candidates contested the election in which the
marks more than those required to pass.Findtheminimum
winning candidate got 48% of the total votes and won the
marks required to pass.
electionby1100votes.Findthetotalnumberofvotersinthe
SSC CGL 7/03/2020 (Morning)
election, given that all the votes cast were valid?
(a) 3116 (b) 3944 (c) 7100 (d) 264
SSC CGL 02/12/2022 (1st Shift)
Solution :-Let M be the maximum marks
(a) 25500 (b) 26500 (c) 27500 (d) 28500
According to question:
Solution :- Let, the total no. of votes = 100%
31% of M + 16 = 40% of M - 56
Then , total votes cast = 100% - 8% = 92%
9% of M = 72⇒ M = 800
Now winner got 48% of total votes = 48 %
Passing marks = 40% of M - 56 = 320 - 56 = 264
Then , defeated candidates got total votes = 92% - 48% = 44%
Difference between winner and defeated candidates =
4% = 1100 votes
Example:-Inatestconsistingof140questions,acandidate
Total no. of voters = 100% = 27500
orrectly answered 70% of the first 80 questions .What
c
percentage of the remaining questions does the candidate
need to correctly answer to score 60% in the test? xample:-Inavillageelectionbetweenthreecandidates,80%
E
SSC CPO 11/12/19 (Morning) of the voters cast their votes, out of which 3% votes were
1
2 declared invalid. The winning candidate got 42,680 votes
(a) 40% (b) 45 % (c) 46 % (d)35%
3 3 which were 55% of the total validvotes.Findthenumberof
olution :-
S valid votes received by the candidatewhostoodthird,given
As per the questionoutof140thecandidateanswered70% that he received only 10% of the total valid votes.
out of 80 questions correct (a) 7760 (b) 7700 (c) 7670 (d) 7680
(70×80) 80 97
= = 56 Solution :- Total valid votes =𝑥× ×
100 00
1 100
Thestudenthastoanswerquestionstoscore60%inthetest 80 97 55
inner got votes =𝑥×
W × × = 42,680 votes
60 100 100 100
= 140×
100 ⇒ 𝑥= 1,00,000 votes
= 84 questions correct Third one receive votes
(84−56) 2 80 97 0
1
Required percentage= × 100 = 46 % = 1,00,000 ×
× × = 7760 votes
60 3 100 00
1 100
otal commission →
T
200000 × 2%+200000 × 1.5% + 168000 × 1% = 8680 Rs.
Profit % Loss %
𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡 𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑠
× 100 × 100 (c) When an item is sold at Profit on SP:-
𝐶𝑃 𝐶𝑃
1
Profit% = 10% =
10
Type - 1
Type - 2
100±𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡/𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑠%
𝑆𝑃 = 𝐶𝑃×
100
(CP = Cost price , SP = Selling price)
xample:- A watch is purchased for ₹3,200 and sold for
E
₹2,700. Calculate the percentage loss up to two places of
decimal. Example:-Apersonbuysatablefanfor₹2,800andsellsitat
SSC CGL 26/07/2023 (4th shift) loss of 12%. What is the selling price of the table fan?
a
Type - 4
Type - 3
When instead of amount, number of goods sold are given :-
‘’To find out the purchase price of an item by sellingit at
profit or loss %” nselling 𝑥 articletheprofitorlossisequaltosellingprice of
O
00
1 𝑦articles, then
𝑃 = 𝑆𝑃×
𝐶
00±𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡/𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑠%
1 100×𝑦 100×𝑦
Profit % =
𝑥−𝑦
, Loss % = 𝑥+𝑦
ote :- In case of profit you must add and in case of loss
N
subtract in above formula. xample:-Byselling8items,ashopkeepergainstheselling
E
price of 2 items. The gain percentage of the shopkeeper is:
xample:-ApersonboughtacarandsolditforRs.3,00,000If
E SSC MTS 05/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
2
1
heincurredalossof20%,thenhowmuchdidhespendtobuy (a) 25% (b) 16 % (c) 33 % (d) 30%
3 3
the car?
100×𝑦
UPSC CSAT (04/10/2020) Solution :- Profit % =
𝑥−𝑦
(a) Rs. 3, 60,000 (b) Rs. 3, 65,000
100×2 200 1
(c) Rs. 3, 70,000 (d) Rs. 3, 75,000 Profit % =
8−2
=
6
= 33 3 %
Solution :-
xam hall approach :-
E
00
1
CP of car = 3,00,000 × = ₹3,75,000 According to the question
100−20
8 SP− 8 CP = 2 SP
Exam hall approach :
𝑃
𝐶 3
1
=
Loss = 20% = 𝑆𝑃
4
5
1 1
Let: CP = 5 unit, Loss = 1 unit, SP = 4 unit So, profit % = × 100 = 33 %
3 3
4 unit = 300000⇒ 1 unit = 75000
(CP) 5 unit = 5 × 75000 = ₹ 3,75,000
⇒ 3% = 150
Therefore, 100% = 5000 (number of items sold at 23% profit)
Hence, cost price of goods sold at 20% profit = Rs 9500 – 5000
𝑥
2 = Rs 4500.
Net result =( )%
100
When the purchasing price of the first item is equal to the
xample:-Amansoldtwocarsfor₹60,000each.Hemadea
E elling price of the second item, find the total profit or loss.
s
profit of 20% onone,whilehesufferedalossof20%onthe
other. Find his profit or loss percentage.
xample:-A person sells two horses for Rs 1710. The
E
SSC CPO 05/10/2023 (2nd Shift)
purchasepriceofthefirsthorseisequaltothesellingpriceof
(a) Neither profit nor loss (b) Loss 4% (c) Loss 2% (d) profit 4%
the second.Ifthefirstissoldat10%lossandthesecondat
Solution :-
25% profit. What is his total profit or loss (in rupees)?
Exam hall approach :-
MP Forest Guard 27/07/2017 (Shift 2)
According to the question,
2
(a)95 (b) 90 (c)100 (d)85
(20) Solution :-
loss% = = 4%
100
Type - 6
hen two products are sold at same selling price, one at a
W
loss/profitof 𝑥%
andotherataloss/profitof𝑦%
thennetresult according to the question
is equal to : 9 unit = 1710 Rs
1
100(𝑥
+𝑦)+2𝑥
𝑦 Hence, profit = 19 - 18 = 1 unit
Net result ={ }%
200+𝑥+𝑦 1 unit = 90 Rs
(For profit we take + sign and for loss we take – sign)
Type - 8
Average Concept
Example:-Adishonestmerchantsellsgoodsata12.5%loss
While Selling nthecostprice,butuses28gweightinsteadof36g.What
o
is his percentage profit or loss ?
xample:- A dishonest dealer professes tosellhisgoodsat
E SSC CGL 2022 Tire - l (Held On : 01 Dec 2022 shift 1)
cost price, but uses false weights, and thus gains 20%. For (a) 6.25% loss (b) 12.5% gain (c) 18.75% gain (d) 10.5% loss
one kilogram, how many grams of watts does he use? Solution :-
RRC Group D 26/08/2022 ( Evening) Method - 1
(a) 750.5 gm (b) 708.06 gm (c) 833.33 gm (d) 785.5 gm 𝑧
profit or loss % = [(100 -𝑥) - 100]%
Solution:-
𝑦
36 6
3
Let error =𝑥gram [(100 - 12.5)
= - 100]% = [87.5× - 100]%
28 28
𝐸𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟
Profit percentage = × 100 = [112.5 - 100] % = 12.5 %
𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒−𝐸𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟
𝑥 Method - 2
20 = × 100 𝑆.𝑃
.𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑆.𝑃
.𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛
1000−𝑥 𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
= ×
20000 - 20× 𝑥= 100𝑥 𝐶.𝑃
.𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐶.𝑃
.𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
𝐹
20000
𝑥= =166.66 gram 𝑆.𝑃
.𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙
7 36
9
1
120 = × = ⇒ profit% = × 100 = 12.5%
𝐶.𝑃
.𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 8 8
2 8 8
herefore he watts he uses = 1000 - 166.66 = 833.33 gm
T
Exam hall approach :- Exam hall approach :-
C.P : S.P
1
Fractional value of 12.5% =
100 : 120 8
X gm : 1000 gm C.P : S.P.
In₹120→ 1000𝑔𝑚 2.5%
1 → 8 : 7
1000×100 Faulty weight→ 28 : 36
In₹100→ = 833. 33𝑔𝑚 --------------------------
120
Final ratio → 8 : 9
𝑆.𝑃
.−𝐶.𝑃
. −8
9
Profit % = × 100= × 100= 12.5%
While Buying 𝑐 𝑜𝑠𝑡𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒
8
Example :- Anil sells a car to Bina at a profit of20%.Bina
ellsittoKaranataprofitof25%.IfKaranpays₹2,25,000for
s
Type - 13
it, then, find the CP of the car for Anil .
SSC MTS 12/09/2023 (1st Shift) Value added tax (VAT) or overhead/repairing
(a) ₹ 1,75,000 (b) ₹ 2,00,000 (c) ₹ 1,50,000 (d) ₹ 1,25,000 expenses
Solution :-
20×25 I n case of value added tax (VAT) of Rs. 𝑥, or in case of any
overall change = +20% + 25% + %=50%
100 repairment cost on the article of Rs.𝑥
150% = ₹2,25,000 Then total CP = actual CP + VAT or repairment cost
₹2,2
5,0
00
1% = =1500
150
Example:-Vinayboughtaflatfor₹4,50,000.Hespent₹10,000
00 % = 150000
1
nitspaintingandrepairs.Thenhesolditfor₹4,25,500.Find
o
C.P of car for Anil = Rs 1,50,000
his gain or loss percentage.
DMRC CRA 17/02/2020 (2nd shift)
(b)When a number is first sold at𝑥%
profit thenagain sold at𝑦 (a) Loss 6.5% (b) Loss 7.5% (c) Gain 7% (d) Gain 6%
𝑥𝑦 Solution :-
% loss, overall change in original value = +𝑥%
-𝑦%
- %
100
According to the question,
Actual CP of the flat = 450000 + 10000 = ₹ 460000
Example:-RajusoldanarticletoRaviat10%gain.Ravisold Loss = 4,60,000 - 4,25,500 = 34500
t he article to Ramuatalossof10%.IfRamupaid₹1,485to 34500
Ravi, find the selling price of Raju to Ravi. loss% = × 100 = 7.5%
460000
SSC MTS 01/09/2023 (1st Shift)
(a) ₹1,200 (b) ₹1,500 (c) ₹1,650 (d) ₹1,600
Solution :- Type - 14
10×10
loss percentage = 10 - 10 - = -1%(loss) IfAsellsanarticletoBata%profit,BsellsthatarticletoCat
100
et the CP of the article for Raju = 100 unit
L % profit, and C pays Rs.𝑥,
b
So , SP of Raju = CP of Ravi = 99 unit 100 100
then amount paid by A =𝑥[ ][ ]
99 unit = 1485 100+𝑎 100+𝑏
1485
100 unit (CP of Raju) = × 100 = 1500
99
11
equired amount = 1500 ×
R = 1650
10
Exam hall approach :-
ccording to the question,
A
C.P of raju =𝑥
1
1 9 xample :- A sells an article to B at 12.5% profitwhile B sells
E
𝑥×
× = ₹ 1485 ⇒𝑥= ₹ 1500
10 0
1 it to C at 20% profit and C sells it to D at 20% loss. If the cost
11 price of D is 1080 Rs then find the cost price of A. ?
equired amount = 1500 ×
R = ₹1650
10 Solution :-
( c) Successive loss or When a number is first sold at 𝑥%loss
then again sold at𝑦% loss, overall change in originalvalue
900
(27− 12)% = ₹ 900 ⇒ 1 % = = ₹ 60
15
Cost price (100%) = ₹6,000
Example:-Asellsanitemat20%profittoB,Bsellsthesame
t10%profittoCandreceives1,32,000.HadCpurchasedthe
a
sameitemfromA,hewouldhavespent5%lessthanwhathe
spent with B. What profit would A have made then?
SSC CHSL 13/10/2020 (Morning)
(a) Rs 25,400 (b) Rs 24,450 (c) Rs 25,540 (d) Rs 24,540
Solution :-
100 100
Amount paid by A = 132000[ ][ ]
100+20 100+10
5 10
132000×
= × = 100000
6 11
spent 5% less than what he spent with B
95
132000× = 125400
100
125400 - 100000 = 25400
xam hall Approach :-
E
Let CP of A = 100 unit
Type - 15
Amansellsitemsataprofit/lossof𝑥%.IfhehadsolditforRs.
M more, he would have gained/loss𝑦% then,
𝑀
C.P.=[ ]× 100
𝑦土𝑥
sign is used when one is profit and the other is loss.
+
-sign is used when both are either profit or loss.
xample:-Asellersoldabagataprofitof12%.Ifhehadsold
E
itfor₹900more,hewouldhavegained27%.WhatistheCPof
the bag ?
SSC CHSL 17/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
(a) ₹6,000 (b) ₹6500 (c) ₹5560 (d) ₹7000
Solution :-
900 00
9
C.P.=[ ]× 100 = × 100= 6,000
27−12 5
1
xam hall Approach :-
E
According to the question,
1. Marked Price :- The price on the label of a product, also
called printed price or advertising price.
Type - 3
𝑦
2. Discount :- Amount of rebate on a fixed price is called (a) Buy𝑥get𝑦free :-Discount% = 𝑥+𝑦 × 100%
discount.
xample:-AnarticleissoldforRs.2160afterearningaprofit
E
of20%.IftheMarkedpriceofanarticleisRs.600morethan 𝑦−𝑥
(b) Buy𝑥get𝑦:-D
iscount% =
𝑦
× 100%
its cost price, then find the discount percentage.
SBI PO Mains (02/01/2022)
(a) 10 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (e) 50 xample:-Duringfestivals,abanneronashopdisplays,‘Pay
E
Solution :-Let, CP = 100 unit for 3 and get 5. The discount percentage offered is:
Then, SP = 120 unit SSC MTS 02/11/2021 (Morning)
but, SP = Rs. 2160 (given)
2
2
(a) 166 % (b) 60% (c) 40% (d) 66 %
therefore, 120 unit = 2160 ⇒ 1 unit =18 3 3
Then, CP = Rs. 1800 5−3
Solution :-Discount % = × 100 = 40%
Now, MP = 1800 + 600 = Rs. 2400 5
Discount = MP - SP = 2400 - 2160 = 240
240
And discount% = × 100 = 10% Type - 4
2400
𝐶𝑃 100−𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡%
𝑃
𝑀
= 100±𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡/𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑠%
xample:-ThefacevalueofabookisRs.1000.Abookseller
E
offers a discount of 10% on this. If he still earns 20% profit
then what will be the cost of the book ? (In rupees)
RPF Constable 18/01/2019 (Evening)
Type - 2 (a) 740 (b) 750 (c) 760 (d) 770
𝐶𝑃 100−10%
3
Solution :- = = ⇒ CP = 750
1000 100+20% 4
𝑀𝑎𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑑𝑃𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒×(1
00−𝐷
𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡%)
Selling Price = xam hall approach :-
E
100
C.P. S.P. M.P.
5 : 6
Example :- The marked priceofanitemwasRs.480butthe 9 : 10
hopkeeper offered a discount of5%.Atwhatpricedoeshe
s ----------------------------
finally sell the item ? 45 : 54 : 60
In case of Trade Discount and Cash Discount, first deductthe
rade Discount and then calculate the Cash Discount on the
T
remaining amount.
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 125
Pinnacle Discount
xample:-Aretailerpermitsatradediscountof25%followed
E
by a cash discountof8%onthealreadydiscountedpriceof
his goods, and still makes a net gain of 17.3% of the cost
price.Atwhatpercentageabovethecostpriceofthegoodsis
the marked price fixed ?
RRC Group D 02/09/2022 ( Morning )
(a) 50% (b) 60% (c) 75% (d) 70%
Solution :-
Let: MP = 100 ,
75
value after trade discount =100× =75
00
1
92
value after cash discount =75× =69
100
17.3
Net gain of 17.3% of the cost price =
100
So,SP = 117.3⇒ 117.3 = 69
69 1000
CP = × 100=
117.3
17
1000 700
P - CP ⇒ 100 -
M
17
= 17
Percentage above the cost price of the goods
700
17
= 1000 × 100= 70%
17
Exam hall approach :- Two successive discounts,
25×8
overall discount = 25 + 8 - = 31 %
100
𝐶.𝑃
100−𝐷 100−31 69
= = =
𝑀.𝑃 100+𝑃 100+17.3 117.3
—------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
Required % = × 100 = 70%
10
𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡 → 6 : 6 : 16
Partnership the share of Y = 56,000 ×
6
= Rs 12000
28
ctive partner gets some extra percentage from the profit for
A
managing the business
xample:- AisaworkingpartnerandBisasleepingpartner
E
.ActivePartners:-Thepartnerwhomanagesthebusinessis
1
in a business.Ainvested₹30,000andBinvested₹50,000.A
known asActive Partnerorworking partner.
receives20%oftheprofitformanagingthebusinessandthe
rest isdividedinproportiontotheircapital.WhatdoesBget
.SleepingPartner:-Apartner,whosimplyinvestshismoneyin
2
out of the profit of ₹10,000?
the business but does not manage it voluntarily is referred as
SSC CHSL 02/08/2023 (2nd Shift)
Sleeping partner.
(a) ₹5,500 (b) ₹5,000 (c) ₹4,500 (d) ₹4,000
Everypartnerinvestssomeamountofmoneyforacertaintime
Solution:-
to help the partnership firm to get profits.
A receive 20% of the profit for managing the business .
Remaining profit excluding A’s managing profit = 10,000 ×
80% = 8,000
5
B’s profit = 8,000 × = 5,000 Rs.
8
₹1,416.80
=
Simple Interest Exam hall approach :
3
Rate for 3 years = 5× 3 = 15% =
20
Simple interest isamethodtocalculatetheamountofinterest
1232
harged on a sum at a given rate and for a given period of time.
c 20 unit =₹1,232⇒ Amount (23 unit) = × 23
20
Amount =₹1,416.80
Some important Terms
) Principal : The principal is the amount that was initially
1 When we have to find Principal
borrowed (loan) from the bank or invested. It is denoted by P.
xample :- A sum at simple interest of 5.5% per annum
E
)Rate:Itistherateofinterestatwhichtheprincipalamountis
2 amounts to ₹7,503 in 4 years, Find the sum(in ₹).
borrowed or given for a certain time. It is denoted by R. SSC MTS 14/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
(a) 5,350 (b) 6,150 (c) 5,980 (d) 5,520
3) Time: Timeisthedurationforwhichtheprincipalamountis Solution :- Rate for 4 years at S.I. = 5.5%× 4 = 22%
iven to someone. Time is denoted by T.
g 122% = ₹7503
7503
4) Amount:Sum of Principal and Simple interest. (Principal) 100% = × 100 = ₹6150
122
Example:-Rameshinvested₹1,232at5%p.a.rateofsimple
interest in a bank. What amount will he get after 3 years ?
xample:-Acertainsumofmoneylentoutatsimpleinterest
E
RRC Group D 22/08/2022 ( Evening )
amounts to ₹12,600 in 2 years and ₹16,200 in 4 years.The
(a) ₹1,285.80 (b) ₹2,145.80 (c) ₹1,848.80 (d) ₹1,416.80
rate percent per annum is:
Solution :-Principal = ₹1232 ,
SSC MTS 11/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
Rate% = 5%, Time = 3 years
6
1
1232×5×3 (a) 25% (b) 12 % (c) 17 % (d) 20%
S.I = = ₹184. 80 7 2
100
Solution :- Interest of one year
Amount = P + S.I = 1232 + 184.80
16200−12600 Type - 3
= = 1800
2
rincipal = 12600− 1800× 2
P * When principal become n time at certain rate in certain
⇒ 12600− 3600 = 9000 time
800
1
Rate = × 100 = 20%
9000
Exam hall approach :- xample:-Asumofmoneydoublesitselfin4yearsatsimple
E
interest.Inhowmuchtimewillitbecome7timesatthesame
rate of interest ?
SSC CHSL Tier II (26/06/2023)
year simple interest = 3600
2 (a) 25 years (b) 23 years (c) 24 years (d) 21 years
1 year simple interest = 1800 Solution :-Let principal be ₹𝑥
Principal = 12600 - 3600 = 9000 According to the question,
800
1 Simple interest in 4 years = ₹𝑥
Rate = × 100 = 20%
9000 Require time for 6𝑥interest = 24 years
So , money became 7 times in 24 years
Exam hall approach :-
Important Note :-
𝑃×𝑅
×𝑇
1). Notice that in the formula, 𝑆𝐼 = , we are just
100
calculating(𝑇× 𝑅)%of P.
xample :-IfSIisRs.400for4years,thenitwillbeRs.200
E Type - 4
for 2 years.
* Simple Interest∝Principal, Rate , Time
Type - 2
Example:-Whatwillbetheratioofsimpleinterestearnedbya
ertainamountatthesamerateofinterestfor8yearsand20
c
* If a certain sum becomes n times of itself in T years on
years ?
simple interest, then -
SSC MTS 16/05/2023 (Evening)
(𝑛−1)
R% = × 100 (a) 5 : 7 (b) 2 : 5 (c) 3 : 5 (d) 4 : 3
𝑇
Solution :- Let principle = p , Time = t , Rate =r%
xample :-Asumofmoneybecomes7timesin16yearsat
E Simple interest (S1 , S2)
simple interest per annum. Find the per annum rate of 𝑝×𝑟×8 𝑝×𝑟×20
S1 = , S2 =
interest. 100 100
SSC MTS 05/09/2023 (3rd Shift) Required ratio S1: S2= 8 : 20 = 2 : 5
(a) 25.8% (b) 39.2% (c) 20.3% (d) 37.5%
Solution :-
(𝑛−1) (7−1) 00
6 Type - 5
R% = × 100 = × 100 ⇒ R = = 37.5%
𝑇 6
1 6
1
* Principal Invested in Parts at different rates
𝑝1×𝑟1×𝑡1 𝑝2×𝑟2×𝑡2
* If a certain sum becomes n times of itself at R% per + = SI
100 100
annum on simple interest, then -
(𝑛−1) xample :- A sum of Rs 15,600 is invested partly at 7% per
E
T = ( × 100) years
𝑅 annum and theremainingat9%perannumsimpleinterest.If
the total interest at theendof3yearsisRs3,738.Howmuch
xample:-Inhowmanyleastnumberofcompleteyearswilla
E
money was invested at 7% per annum ?
sumofmoneybecomemorethan4timesofitselfattherate
SSC CPO 13/03/2019 (Morning)
of 14 percent per annum on simple interest ?
(a) 7,800 (b) 7,900 (c) 7,600 (d) 7,700
SSC MTS 10/05/2023 (Evening)
Solution :- Let, the amount invested at the rateof 7% = x
(a) 20 years (b) 25 years (c) 29 years (d) 22 years
According to the question,
Solution :- Amount>4× Principal
𝑥×7×3 (15600−𝑥) ×9×3
So interest should be>3P 100
+
100
= 3738
(𝑛−1)
T > 100 years
× 7𝑥 + 140400 − 9𝑥= 124600⇒ 𝑥= 7900
𝑅
xam hall approach :-
E
(4−1) 50
1
>
T 100 years =
× years = 21.42 years 3,7
38
14
7 Interest for 1 year = = Rs. 1246
3
Required minimum complete years = 22 years
True Discount
Type - 8
xample:- Whatisthepresentworthof₹1,100duein2years
E
When Simple interest are equal
at 5% simple interest per annum ?
SSC CGL 26/07/2023 (3rd shift)
xample:-Thesimpleinterestearnedon₹7,000in2yearsat
E (a) ₹3,000 (b) ₹2,000 (c) ₹1,000 (d) ₹1,500
therateofR%perannumequalstothesimpleinterestearned 𝑃×𝑅×𝑇
Solution :-Simple interest =
on₹5,000attherateof5%perannumin14years.Thevalue 100
of R (in percentage) is: According to question,
Matriculation Level 27/06/2023 (Shift - 1) 𝑃×5×2
1100− P =
(a) 28% (b) 15% (c) 25% (d) 20% 100
Solution :-Equating simple interest :- 𝑃 1000
1
100− P =
1 ⇒ P = = 1000 Rs.
7000×𝑅×2 5000×5×14 10 1
1
=
100 100
5×5×14
R = = 25%
7×2
Type - 9
Example:-Sureshborrows₹80000at24%perannumsimple
interest and Ramesh borrows ₹91000 at 20% per annum
simpleinterest.Inhowmanyyearswilltheiramountsofdebts
be equal ?
ompoundinterestistheresultinginterestthatisgeneratedon
C
the combination of the principal amount and theaccumulated 100×110×120×130
interest from previous periods. Amount = =₹1
71. 60
100×100×1 00
xample:-LetussayonepersonborrowsRs.100for3years
E 𝑟 3610 19
⇒(1 + )= =
at the rate of 10%annually.Whatamountshouldhehaveto 100 3240 18
return after 3 years ? 𝑟 1 00
1
⇒ (1 + )=(1 + )⇒ r =
Solution :- Hereistheapproximationtechniquetosolvethis 100 18 8
1
problem: learly, r = 5.56%
C
Exam hall approach :-Amount = (3240 + 370) = ₹3610
Ratio - principal : amount
Compound interest will be = 133.10 – 100 = 33.1 Rs. 3240 : 3610
Or 324 : 361 = 18 : 19
The above concept can also be written as :
1
ate% =
R 100 = 5.56%
×
18
100×110×110×110
Amount = =133.10
100×100×100
.I. = Amount – Principal
C Tree Method
C.I. = 133.10 – 100 = 33.10
𝑟 t 10 3 Nowadaystheuseofthismethodhasreduced.Butthismethod
Or, Amount = Principal (1 + )= 100 (1 + )
100 100
roves to be moreeffectivewhenwearefindingthedifference
p
11 11 11
00×
= 1 × 10 × 10 = 133. 10 of CI between second and third year or third and fourth year etc.
0
1
For 2 years cycle tree Solution Structure
C.I. = 33.10
ote:-NoticethatinCI,interestiscalculatedontheamountat
N
the end of every year while in SI interest for each year is
calculated on the Principal amount.
For 3 years cycle tree Solution Structure We prefer ratio method when rates are given in the fraction
1
2
1
Such rate like - 12 % , 16 % , 6 %
2 3 4
Example:-Theprincipalthatamountsto₹4,913in3yearsat
1
6 % per annum compound interest compounded annually is:
4
aryana CET 05/11/2022 (2nd Shift)
H
(a) ₹4,085 (b) ₹4,096 (c) ₹3,096 (d) ₹4,076
1
1
olution :-Fraction (6 %) =
S
4 16
atio
R → Principle : Amount
1st year → 16 : 17
2nd year → 16 : 17
3rd year → 16 : 17
------------------------------------------
Final ratio→ 4096 : 4913
For 3 year cycle
Amount = 4913 units
4913 units = ₹4913⇒ 1 unit = ₹1
So, principle (4096) units = ₹4096
Successive Method
Type - 4
( c)OncompoundinterestIfsumbecomes Ain‘a’yearsandBin‘b’
xample:-Thesimpleinterestonacertainsumfor3yearsat
E years then,
12%perannumisRs.6750.Whatisthecompoundinterest(in
𝐵
Rs.)onthesamesumfor2yearsat20%perannum,ifinterest 1.If b - a = 1 , then R% = ( − 1) × 100%
𝐴
is compounded half-yearly? (round off to the nearest Rs.)
𝐵 114 Rule :- When rate is𝑅%
2.If b - a = 2 , then R% = ( − 1) × 100%
𝐴
3
𝐵
3.If b - a = 3 , then R% = ( − 1) × 100%
𝐴
1 114
𝑛
𝐵 then, time (t) = years
.If b - a = n , then R% = [( ) - 1)]× 100%
4 𝑅
𝐴
Type - 8
xample :- A sum ofmoneybecomes₹6,400in3yearsand
E
₹8,100 in 5 years on compound interest compounded et Principal = 1000, Rate = 10% per annum
L
annually. Find the rate of interest per annum. Time = 4 years
SSC MTS 01/09/2023 (2nd Shift) 1
3
1
6 5 Rate = 10% per annum or
10
(a) 12 % (b) 12 % (c) 12 % (d) 12 %
8 2 8 8 So, we can say that Principal = 10 and Amount = 11
𝑟 3 1
1
Solution :- 6400 = P(1 + ) ….(eq 1) Multiplying factor= = 1.1
100 10
𝑟 5
8100 = P(1 + ) ….(equation 2)
100
Divide equation (2) by equation (1) we get
𝑟 2 81
(1 + ) =
100 64
𝑟 9 1
(1 + ) = ⇒ r = 12 %
100 8 2 xample : - A Sum of Rs. 4000 is lent at 10% p.a., interest
E
Exam hall approach :- a = 3 , b = 5⇒ b - a = 2 compounded annually . What is the difference between the
100
8
1 1 compound interest for the 2nd year and 3rd year ?
So, R% = ( − 1) × 100% = × 100% = 12 %
6400 8 2 SSC MTS 08/10/2021 (Morning)
(a) Rs.45 (b) Rs.46.50 (c) Rs.45.40 (d) Rs. 44
Solution :-We know that
(d) Double Money Rule or 69 Rule or 72 Rule
1
Rate = 10% per annum or
10
69 Rule :- When rate is𝑅%
1
1
Multiplying factor = = 1.1
10
69
then, time (t) = ( + 0.37) years
𝑅
72 Rule :- When rate is𝑅% ere , 2nd year compound = 4840 - 4400 = Rs.440
H
3rd year compound = 5324 - 4840 = Rs. 484
So ,3rd year CI - 2nd year CI = 484 - 440 = Rs. 44
Exam hall Approach :
1 11 1
72 3rd year CI - 2nd year CI = 4000 ×
× × = 44
then, time (t) = y ears 10 0
1 10
𝑅 1 11 11 1 11
Hint :4000 × ×
× -4000 × ×
10 10 1 0 10 10
Note :- 69 rulegivesmoreaccurateresultincomparisonof72
1 11 11
r ule. 4000 × × [ - 1 ]
10 10 10
1 11 1
xample :- A certain sum is invested at 26% p.a, interest
E 4000 × × × = Rs. 44
10 10 10
compounded annually. In how many years (approx) will it
double?
SSC CHSL 01/06/2022 (Morning) Type - 9
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 5
Solution :-using 69 rule :- When Rate Compounded Monthly
69
time (t) =( + 0.37) years
𝑅 Important Formulas :
69
So, time= + 0.37 = 2.65 + 0.37 = 3 years(approx) Amount = A, Principal = P, Compound Interest = CI
26
ate of interest = R, Time = number of cycles = n
R
Using 72 rule : 1.CI = Amount - Principal
72 2
7
time (t) = y ears = years = 2.77years =3 years (approx)
𝑅 26 2.When interest is compounded annually :
𝑅 n
A (in CI) = P(1 + )
(e) Triple Money Rule or 114 Rule 100
7.When different interest rates for different yearsare given, say 12.Effective rates :-
𝑅1%
,𝑅2%
, 𝑅3%
, and𝑅4%
for 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th year
Years→
r espectively : 2nd 3rd 4th
Rate↓
A (in CI) =
𝑅1 𝑅2 𝑅3 𝑅4 5% 10.25% 15.7625% 21.550625%
P(1 + ) × (1
+ ) × (1
+ )× (1
+ )
100 100 100 100 10% 21% 33.1% 46.41%
8.Equated monthly installment (EMI) concept : 15% 32.25% 52.0875% -
𝑥
Amount borrowed = 𝑅 𝑛 20% 44% 72.8% 107.36%
(1+100 )
where x = Installment (EMI) 25% 56.25% 95.3125% -
2
Fractional value of 8% =
25
or three compounding cycle :-
F
Principal : Amount
3 3
(25) : (27)
-------------------------------
15625 : 19683
Now, 15625 units = Rs. 25000 ⇒ 1 unit = 1.6 Rs.
C.I.= (19683 -15625) = 4058 unit
C.I.= 4058 × 1.6≈ Rs. 6493
𝑀(𝑥
−𝑦) Type - 3
Amount of water =
𝑦
Mixing three different mixture to obtain a single mixture
------------------------------------- Type - 6
Large bottle⇒ 84 + 60 + 35 : 21 + 45 + 70
⇒ 179 : 136 Addition or Removal of some quantity
Example:-A40-litremixturecontains25%alcoholand75%
Type - 4
ater. If 10 litres of water are added to the mixture, the
w
percentage of alcohol in the new mixture is:
Mixing some parts of three different mixture to obtain a
SSC CGL 25/07/2023 (4th shift)
single mixture
(a) 27% (b) 18% (c) 20% (d) 25%
Solution:- Alcohol = 10L and Water = 30 L
Example:- Therearethreecupsofmixtureofmilkandwater Now ,
in ratio 4 : 5, 5 : 6, 9 : 7. 36 liters of first and 44 liters of Alcohol = 10L and Water = 30 + 10 = 40 L
secondcuparetaken.Howmuchquantityfromthirdcupisto 10
Required % = × 100= 20%
be taken so that final mixture from the threecupswillhave 10+40
milk and water in ratio 1 : 1 ? ( in litres )
SSC MTS 10/05/2023 (Afternoon)
(a) 32 (b) 64 (c) 54 (d) 60 xample:-AmixturecontainsliquidAandBintheratio5:3,
E
Solution:- respectively. If 3 litres of liquid B isaddedtoit,theratioof
liquid A to liquid B becomes 7 : 6. What is the quantity of
liquid A in the mixture ?
SSC CHSL 17/08/2023 (3rd Shift)
2
1
(a) 7 litres (b) 9 litres
3 3
2 1
(c) 11 litres (d) 13 litres
3 3
Solution:-According to the question,
5𝑥 7
According to the question,
=
3𝑥
+3
6
16+20+9𝑥
1
= ⇒ 2𝑥=8⇒ 𝑥= 4 21
0+24+7𝑥
2
1 30𝑥= 21𝑥+ 21 ⇒ 𝑥= liter
9
uantity from third cup is to be taken
q
21 2
= (9𝑥 + 7𝑥) = (16𝑥) = 64 liter equired quantity = 5 ×
R = 11 litres
9 3
Type - 5
Type - 7
oncentration:-Concentrationisthepercentageofaparticular
C
quantity in the full mixture. Alligation
Example:-In a mixture ratio of water and milk = 1: 7 It is used tofindtheratioinwhichtwoormore substancesat
7 theirrespectivepricesshouldbemixedtoproduceamixtureata
Then, concentration of milk in mixture = × 100 = 87.5%
1+7 given price.
1
Example:-Concentration of water = × 100 = 12.5%
1+7
Or concentration of water = (100− Concentrationof milk)
= (100− 87.5) = 12.5%
here
w
xample:- If 36 litres of 20% milk solution is mixedwith48
E C = Cost price of first type
litres of 10% milk solution, thenwhatwillbethepercentage D = Cost price of second type
concentration of milk in the final solution? M = Mean price
Higher Secondary 27/06/2023 (Shift - 3) (D - M) = quantity first type
(a) 14.28% (b) 15.48% (c) 12.38% (d) 13.36% (M - C) = quantity second type
Solution:-According to question,
Total quantity of milk in final solution I t is a method of average and involves the application of
36×20 8×10
4 the weighted average concept.
=
+ = 12 liter
100 00
1
Total quantity of water in final solution
xample:- In what ratio must water be mixed with milk,
E
= 84− 12 = 72 liter
costing₹32perlitre,inorderto getamixturecosting₹28per
12
Required % = × 100= 14.28% litre?
(72+12)
SSC CGL 14/07/2023 (2nd shift)
(a) 8 : 1 (b) 1 : 7 (c) 1 : 8 (d) 7 : 1
Solution:-
Type - 8 Example:- A can of water and milk mixture contains 60%
ilk. A part of this mixture is replaced by another mixture
m
Increase/decrease of mixture containing50%milkandthepercentageofmilkwasfoundto
be 52%. The quantity of mixture replaced is:
SSC CGL 13/12/2022 (2nd Shift)
here is𝑥%
T milk in ‘a’ unit mixture of milk andwater. The
1
3
4
2
amountofmilkthatshouldbeaddedtoincreasethepercentage (a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 5
of milk from𝑥% to𝑦% is given
Solution:-Using Alligation method, we have :
( 𝑥
𝑎 −𝑦)
Required quantity of milk = unit
100−𝑦
Example:-If49litresofamilksolutionhas63%milkinit,then
owmuchmilkshouldbeaddedtomaketheconcentrationof
h
milk 70% in the solution?
SSC CHSL 25/05/2022 Afternoon The quantity of mixture replaced
3
1 7 11 1 4 4
(a)11 (b)14 (c)21 (d)13 =
=
30 30 30 30 1+4
5
Solution :-
( 𝑥
𝑎 −𝑦) 49(7
0−63)
Required quantity of milk =
100−𝑦
= 100−70 Replacement of unequal quantities
49×7 343 13
30 = 30 =11 30 litres
= xample:-Ina64litresmixture,thealcoholandwaterarein
E
theratioof1:3respectively.32litresofmixtureistakenoff
Exam hall approach:
andreplacedwith16litresofwater.Whatisthenewratioof
alcohol and water respectively ?
SSC MTS 19/05/2023 (Evening)
(a) 1 : 5 (b) 5 : 12 (c) 2 : 7 (d) 3 : 10
Solution:-(1 + 3) unit = 64 liter
1 unit = 16 liter
Initial quantity of alcohol and water
= 16 liter and 48 liter
After 32 liter of mixture taken out
(1 + 3) unit = 32 liter ⇒1 unit = 8 liter
ATQ, ⇒ 30 unit = 49 litres (Given) uantity of alcohol and water = 8 liter and 24 liter
Q
9
4 43
3 13 After adding 16 liter water
hen, 7 unit =
T 7 =
× = 11 30 litres
30 0
3 New ratio of alcohol and water
= 8 : (24 + 16) = 1 : 5
Type - 9
Use of Mixture and Alligation in other
Replacement chapter
If only one process is repeated n times, then Type - 1
𝑦 n
emaining Quantity of pure liquid=𝑥(1 - )
R hen there is an overall increase or decrease in the population,
W
𝑥
here,
w the result comes in the ratio of the number of males and
𝑥= Quantity of original liquid, females.
𝑦= Quantity to be carried out and replaced,
𝑛= Number of times the operation is conducted
xample:- A 10-litre solution of milk and water contains 8
E
litresofmilk.2litresofthesolutionisreplacedbypuremilk
and mixed. The process is repeated two more times. How
much milk (in litres) is present in the mixture so obtained ?
xample:- In a certain year, the population of a city was
E → 9 : 1
18000. If in thenextyear,thepopulationofmalesincreased
by 5% and that of females increased by 7%, and the total
populationincreasedto19200,thenwhatwastheratioofthe
populations of males and females in that given year?
SSC CGL 20/07/2023 (1st shift)
(a) 2 : 5 (b) 1 : 5 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 5
Solution:- 𝑥−25 9
19200−18000 ⇒ ⇒ 𝑥= 70%
=
verall %age increase in population =
o 100
× 5
1
18000
1200 20
= × 100 = %
18000 3 Type - 3
In profit and loss when total profit /loss% is given. Then the
result comes in proportion to the cost price of thefirstarticle
and the second article.
1
5
:
3 3
1 : 5
Example:- In an experiment, it wasobservedthatmetalAis Example :- The sum of cost prices of AandBisRs.1200.
9 times heavier than water and metal B is9timesheavier
1 he sum of the selling prices ofAandBisRs.1390.Ifthe
T
than water. In what ratio metal A and B mixed so that the profit of 10% and 20% is obtained on A and Brespectively,
mixture thus obtained be 15 times heavier than water ? then find the ratio between the cost prices of A and B.
SSC CHSL 11/08/2023 (3rd Shift) SSC MTS 19/08/2019 (Afternoon)
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 3 (c) 3 : 1 (d) 3 : 2 (a) 5 : 7 (b) 5 : 9 (c) 7 : 13 (d) 6 : 11
Solution:- 1390−1200 90
1
Solution :-Overall profit% = × 100 = %
1200 2
1
Type - 2 Type - 4
Example :- Rajesh invested ₹10,000 by dividing it into two
ifferent investment schemes, A and B, at simple interest
d
Example:- Vikas spends 90% of his income. When his ratesof8%and10%,respectively.Ifthetotalinterestearned
incomeincreasedby25%,hisexpenditureincreasedby20%. in 2 years is ₹1,680, the amount invested in scheme A is:
The percentage of increase in his savings is: SSC CPO 03/10/2023 (1st Shift)
Higher Secondary 05/08/2022 ( Shift - 2 ) (a) ₹4,000 (b) ₹2,000 (c) ₹6,000 (d) ₹8,000
(a) 58% (b) 70% (c) 45% (d) 62% Solution :-S.I for 2 years of A = 16%
9( 𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑) S.I for 2 years of B = 20%
Solution :- ⇒ 90% =
10(𝑖 𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒) 1680
Ratio→ Expenditure : Saving Total rate % = × 100 = 16.8%
10000
Solution :-
4 atio = 2 : 3 ⇒ 2 unit = 2 hours
R
Hence, amount invested by A = × 10000 = 𝑅𝑠. 8, 000 So, 3 unit = 3 hours
5
Type - 5 Type - 7
hen the overall average of the number is given, the result
W hen, cost price of two articles and mixture are given, then,
W
comes in the form of the ratio of first and second number. resultant is the ratio of first number and second number.
xample:-Howmanykilogramsofsugarat₹3.80perkgmust
E
xample :- During a schoolexcursioneachstudentofjunior
E
be mixed with 60 kg of sugar at ₹4.60 per kg, so that by
school wascharged₹325andeachstudentofseniorschool
selling the mixture at ₹5.20 per kg there may be a gain of
was charged ₹400. If there were 80 students from junior
30%?
school and the combined average amount charged per
SSC MTS 01/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
student was ₹352, then how many students from senior
(a) 170 kg (b) 120 kg (c) 160 kg (d) 180 kg
school went for the excursion?
0
1
SSC CGL 24/07/2023 (1st shift) Solution:-Cost price of mixture = 5.2× = ₹4/kg
13
(a) 55 (b) 45 (c) 50 (d) 40
Solution :-
unit = 60kg
1
Required quantity (3 unit) = 180 kg
Example :-At a certain time in a park, the number ofheads
Type - 6 ndthenumberoflegsofmonkeysandhumanvisitorswere
a
counted, anditwasfoundthattherewere54headsand148
hen the total average speed is given, the result is proportional
W legs. Find the number of monkeys in the park.
to time. SSC CGL Tier II (26/10/2023)
(a) 20 (b) 16 (c) 18 (d) 14
Solution :-
xample:- Amandriveshiscarataspeedof50km/hrfor2
E o,theratioofthenoofmonkeyandhuman=40:68=10:
S
hoursandthendecidestoslowdownto40km/hrtilltheend 17
of the journey. If his average speed for the journey was 44 10 + 17 = 27 unit = 54
km/hr,thenforhowmuchtimehedriveshiscaratspeed40 4
5
10 unit = × 10 = 20
km/hr? 27
SSC MTS 16/05/2023 (Afternoon)
(a) 2 hours (b) 1 hour
(c) 3 hours (d) 4 hours
xample:-Theaverageof21numbersis60.Ifeachnumber
E
An average or arithmetic meanofgivendataisthesumofthe isincreasedby20,thenfindthenumberbywhichtheaverage
iven observations divided by the number of observations.
g is increased.
SSC MTS 16/05/2023 (Afternoon)
(a) 12 (b) 18 (c) 15 (d) 20
𝑆𝑢𝑚𝑜𝑓𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑏𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠(𝑆
)
Therefore, Average (A) = Solution :-Average of 21 numbers = 60
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑂𝑏𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠(𝑁 )
If Each number is increased by 20thenaveragewillbealso
increase by 20
Example :- Average of 10, 15, 25 and 30
10+15+25+30 0
8
Solution:-Average = = =2
0 2) If all the numbers decrease by ‘a’ then the average of the
4
4
umbers will also decrease by ‘a’.
n
Example:-Theaverageof24numbersis43.Ifwesubtracta
xample :-Find the average of 320 , 330 , 340 .
E umber'M'fromeachnumber,thentheaveragebecomes38.
n
Graduate Level 03/08/2022 (Shift - 3) What was the value of M?
(a) (320 + 310 + 340 ) (b) 330 SSC MTS 04/05/2023 (Morning)
(c) (320 + 330 + 340 ) (d) (319 + 329 + 339 ) (a) 12 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 10
Solution :- olution :-Average of 24 number = 43
S
20 30 40
Average of3 , 3 𝑎𝑛𝑑3 After subtracting 'M' from each number,
20 30 40 19 29 39
3 +3 +3 3( 3
+3 +3 ) 19 29 39 then new average will be⇒ 43− M = 38
=
= (3 + 3 + 3 )
=
3 3 So, value of 'M' = 43− 38 = 5
Important Note:-
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 147
Pinnacle Average
Example :-Find the average of 45,50,46,55,40,41,52 (a) 44 (b) 40 (c) 42 (d) 36
Solution :-Let average =50 olution :-
S
45, 50, 46, 55, 40, 41, 52 Let the average score of the batsman till 11th inning be A.
Deviation: -5, +0, -4, +5, -10, -9, +2 Total sum of runs in 11 innings = 11A
−5+0−4+5−10−9+2 11𝐴+84
Net deviation in average = ATQ, = A + 4⇒ A = 36
7 12
−21 So, The average score after 12th innings = 36 + 4 = 40
= =- 3
7
Actual Average = 50 - 3 = 47
Addition of New Observation
Run Rate and Bowling Average If the average isxandanumberhavingvaluegreaterthanxis
ddedthenthenewaveragewillbegreaterthanx.Similarly,ifa
a
Basically the term Run Rate means how manyrunshavebeen numberhavingvaluelessthanxisaddedthenthenewaverage
coredinoneoverofacricketmatch.Higherrunrateisgoodfor
s will be less than x.
batsmen.
xample :- Theaverageofthefirstfivenaturalnumbersis3.
E
𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑟𝑢𝑛𝑠𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑑
𝑇
Run rate= Find a new average after adding 6.
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑦𝑒𝑑
Solution :-The first five natural numbers are : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
6×5
xample:-Ifthebatsmanhasscored225runsin9overs,find
E Sum of first five natural numbers = = 15
2
his run rate. Asnumber6isgreaterthantheoldaverage,thenewaverage
225
olution :-Run rate =
S 25 runs/over
= is going to be greater than the old average.
9
15+6 1
2
So, new average = = = 3.5 which is greater than 3.
5+1
6
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑟𝑢𝑛𝑠𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑑
Bowling Average=
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑤𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑒𝑡𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑛
Lower Bowling average is good for bowlers. Example :- The average weight of 10parcelsis28.6kg.The
dditionofanewparcelreducestheaverageweightby0.6kg.
a
What is the weight (in kg) of the new parcel?
xample :- If the bowler has taken 3 wickets allowing 120
E
Selection Post 28/06/2023 (3rd Shift)
runs, find his bowling average.
(a) 23 (b) 21 (c) 22 (d) 20
120
Solution :-Bowling Average = = 40 runs/wicket Solution :- Weight of new parcel
3
28.6− (1
= 1× 0. 6) = 22 kg.
Example:- Theaveragescoreofacricketerfor10matchesis
Removal of Existing Observation
0runs.Iftheaverageforthefirstsixmatchesis44,thenthe
4
average runs of the last four matches is:
If the average is x and a number having value less than x is
RRC Group D 18/09/2022 ( Evening )
removedthenthenewaveragewillbegreaterthanx.Similarly,if
(a) 20 (b) 38 (c) 42 (d) 34
a number having value greaterthanxisremovedthenthenew
Solution :-The average score of a cricketer for 10matches average will be less than x.
40 runs
=
Then the sum of the scores for 10 matches = 400 runs xample :-Theaverageofthefirstfivenaturalnumbersis3.
E
Average of first 6 matches = 44 Find a new average after removing 2.
Sum of the scores of 6 matches = 44 × 6 = 264 olution :-The first five natural numbers are : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
S
400−264 36
1 Sum of first five natural numbers = 3× 5 = 15
verage of last four matches =
A = = 34
4
4 Asnumber2islessthantheoldaverage,thenewaverageis
Exam Hall approach :- going to be greater than the old average.
(44−40)×6 4
2 15−2 3
1
Deviation = = = 6 So,newaverage= = =3.25whichisgreaterthan
𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑐ℎ
4 5−1
4
Average of last four matches = 40 - 6 = 34 3.
( Note :- When the average is positive the net average
decreases andwhentheaverageisnegativethenetaverage
increases.) Example :- 18 years is the averageageof36boysandtheir
rofessor. The average becomes 17 years if we leave the
p
professor out. What is the age (in years) of the professor ?
xample :- A batsman scored 84 runs in his 12 innings,
E
𝑡ℎ RRB NTPC CBT - I 01/02/2021 (Morning)
thereby improving his average score per innings by 4 runs. (a) 34 (b) 44 (c) 64 (d) 54
What is the average score per inningsofthebatsmanafter olution :-Average age of 36 boys and professor =18 years
S
𝑡ℎ Sum of ages of 36 boys and professor
t he12 innings?
RRB NTPC CBT II (15/06/2022) 1st Shift = 18× 37 = 666𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑠
Average age of boys only = 17 years
Example :- The average of 10 observations is 46. It was
r ealized later that an observation was misread as 42 in the
place of 142. The correct average is:
According to question, SSC GD Constable 16/11/2021 (Morning)
20 16 (a) 52 (b) 46 (c) 58 (d) 56
⇒ 40 - = 40 -
+5
𝑛 𝑛−5 Solution :-
20 16 142−42
⇒− =− ⇒ n = 45 The correct average = 46 +
𝑛+5 𝑛−5 10
100
46 +
= = 46 +10 = 56
10
Overlapping of Observation
(a) 30 (b) 25 (c) 40 (d) 20 SC CHSL 02/08/2023 (1st Shift)
S
olutions :-34 mm = 3.4 cm
S (a) 27.2 years (b) 24.8 years (c) 32.8 years (d) 25.2 years
Let the number of students = n olution :- Total age of 6 member
S
According to question, = 25 × 6 = 150 years
𝑛 × 155. 6 + 12 × 150. 5 − 7 × 159 Total age before 4 year = 150− (6 × 4) = 126years
= (𝑛 + 5) × 152. 2 126
Required average age = = 25.2 years
3.4n + 693 = 761 ⇒ n = 20 5𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠
2
2
2 2
Work and Time. (a)7
3
(b)6
3
(c)5
3
(d)8
3
𝐴×𝐵 2×15
1
Solution :-Required time = =
𝐴+𝐵 12+15
ime :- Time is the duration during which anyactivityorwork
T 12×15 2
happens or continues. = =6 days
27 3
Work :- Work is a task or set of activitiestoachieveacertain Exam Hall Approach :-
result.
Efficiency:-EfficiencyisinverselyproportionaltotheTimetaken
when the amount of work done is constant.
1
Efficiency∝
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑛
60 2
Required time=
= 6 days
heefficiencyofworkmeans,“Howmuchworkonepersoncan
T 9 3
do in one day (expressed in percentage)”.
If A,B,C person can do the work in 𝑥 days, 𝑦 days, 𝑧 days Type - 2
respectively then ratio of their efficiency -
A : B : C • I f A completes a work in X days, B can do the same
Time → 𝑥 : 𝑦 : 𝑧 work in Y days and C can complete the work in Z days
1 1 1 then-
Efficiency→ : :
𝑥
𝑦 𝑧 Total time taken by A, B and C to complete the work
𝑋𝑌𝑍
= ( ) days.
𝑋𝑌+𝑌𝑍+𝑍
𝑋
Example:-A,BandCareassignedtocompleteawork.Ifthe
r atiooftimetakenbyA,BandCis4:3:6.Findtheratioof xample:-A BandCcancompleteapieceofworkin20,24
E
their efficiency. and 30 days, respectively. The number of days they take to
SSC MTS 10/05/2023 (Evening) finish it if they work together will be:
(a) 3 : 4 : 2 (b) 4 : 3 : 6 (c) 3 : 4 : 6 (d) 4 : 6 : 8 RRC Group D 09/09/2022 ( Evening )
Solution :-According to the question, (a) 8 days (b) 5 days (c) 6 days (d) 7 days
A : B : C Solution :-
Time → 4 : 3 : 6 Total time taken by A, B and C to complete the work
1 1 1 20×24×30
Efficiency→ : : )× 12 (LCM of 4,3,6) = ( ) days
4
3
6 20×24+24×30+30×2
0
Ratio of efficiency of A : B : C = 3 : 4 : 2 20×24×30 20×24×30
= ( )days =( )=8 days
480+720+600 1800
Exam Hall Approach:-
Basic Concept
If A completes a work in X If B completes a work in Y
days, days,
Work completed by him in 1 Work completed by him in 1 120
1
1 Required days = = 8 days
ay =
d ay will be =
d 6+5+4
𝑋 𝑌
Efficiency→ A
: C
3 : 1
(A + B + C) = 12
2
Efficiency of A + B + C = 6
60
ccording to question
A Time taken by them to complete the work = = 10𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
6
Ratio of the efficiency (A : B : C ) = 1.5 : 1.5 : 0.5
36
Time taken by B alone to do the same work= = 24 days
.5
1
Type - 6
Accordingtothequestionweknowthatydonetheremaining
ork in 23 days
w
23 days = 207 unit (23 × 9)
Work done by x + y in n days = 360 - 207 = 153 unit
153
So that , value of ‘n’ = = 9 days
17
Exam Hall approach :-
So, Time taken by A and B together to complete the work
105 1
= = 13 days
8
8
Type - 8
• I f A takes ‘a’ days more to complete a work than the time and Y together do the work till n days
X
taken by (A + B) to do same work and B takes ‘b’daysmore Then, work done by them in n days = (8 + 9 )n = 17n
than the time taken by (A + B) to do the same work. Remaining work = 360 - 17n
Then (A + B) do the work in 𝑎𝑏days According to the question,
360−17𝑛 53
1
= 23 ⇒ 360 - 17n = 207 ⇒ n = = 9
xample :- When A alonedoesapieceofwork,hetakes25
E 9 7
1
days more than the time taken by A and B to do the work
together.Ontheotherhand,Balonetakes16daysmorethan
thetimetakenbyAandBtodotheworktogether.Howmany Leaving before some days :-
days will A and B, working together, take to do the work ?
SSC CPO 04/10/2023 (1st Shift) xample:-AandBcanindividuallycompleteapieceofwork
E
(a) 22 (b) 20 ( c) 24 (d) 23 in18daysand30days,respectively.AandBstartedworking
Solution :- Time taken to complete the work by A and B
2
together, but A left 16 days before theworkiscompleted
together = 25× 16 = 20𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠 3
and B alone completed the rest of the work. For how many
ays did A work?
d
Type - 9 SSC CGL 20/07/2023 (1st shift)
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 3
Leaving the work after some days or before some Solution :-
days
xample:-XandYcandoapieceofworkin45daysand40
E
days respectively. They begin to work together,butXleaves fficiency of A = 5 unit
E
after n days andthenYcompletestheremainingworkin23 Efficiency of B = 3 unit
days. What is n equal to? Total Efficiency of A + B = 8 unit
UPSC CDS - II (04/09/2022) Note :- For Solving this type of questions , we use reverse
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 12 approach
Solution :-
fficiency of x = 8 unit
E AccordingtothequestionweknowthatBdonetheremaining
Efficiency of y = 9 unit
2
work in 16 days
3
Efficiency of x + y = 17 unit
2 0
5
Note :- For Solving this type of q
uestion we use reverse 16 days = 50 unit ( × 3 = 50)
3
3
approach
ork done by (A + B ) together = 90 - 50 = 40 unit
w
So that ,
40
Time taken to complete 40 units of work by (A + B ) =
8
= 5 days
Exam hall approach :
Example:- A can complete a work in 10 days while B can
omplete the same work in 15 days. In howmanydayswill
c
2 0
5 the work be completed if they work alternatively?(Given:A
Work done by B in 16 days = × 3 =50 units
3
3
starts the work)
Remaining work = 90− 50 = 40 units Solution :-
40
A and B work together for = = 5 days
5+3
Mixed
xample:-P,QandRcancompleteaworkalonein12,15and
E
ork done in 2 days = 3 + 2 = 5 units,
W
20daysrespectively.Theystartedtheworktogether.Pleftthe
5 units work = in 2 days
work 8 days before the work was completed and Q leftthe
5 × 6 units work = 2 × 6 = 12 days.
work5daysafterPhadleft.Rcompletedtheremainingwork
alone.Howmanydayswillberequiredtocompletethewhole
work? xample :- To doacertainwork,AandBworkonalternate
E
SSC CHSL 15/03/2023 (4th Shift) days, withBbeginningtheworkonthefirstday.Acanfinish
32 28 25
1
(a) days (b) 10 days (c) days (d) days theworkalonein27days.Iftheworkgetscompletedin9
3
3
3 2
Solution :- ays,thenBalonecanfinish5timesthesameworkwithhalf
d
efficiency in :
Solution:-AsBstartsthework,hewillworkfor5daysandA
1
will work for 4 days,
2
1 9 1
If P do not leave the work then he did the work in 8 days Part of work done by A in 4 days = =
2 2×27 6
= 8 × 5 = 40 1 5
So, Part of work done by B in 5 days = 1 - =
If Q do not leave the work then he did the work in 3 days 6 6
= 3 × 4 = 12 6
Time taken by B to complete the work = 5× = 6 days.
Total work done by P and Q = 40 + 12 = 52 5
0+52
6 12
1 8
2 ime taken by B to finish 5 times the
T
So total work done by P, Q, R = = = days
5+4+3 2
1
3 work with half efficiency = 6× 5 × 2 = 60 days.
28
1
So, will do total works in
3
days (Asefficiencybecomes
2
,numberofdayswillbemultiplied
xam Hall Approach :
E by 2 because efficiency and time are inversely proportional ).
Efficiency of P = 5 unit
Efficiency of Q = 4 unit
Efficiency of R = 3 unit
Type - 11
Note:- For Solving this type of questions , we use reverse
approach MDH Formula
MDHformulaisusedtocomparetheworksofthesamenature
oneattwodifferenttimesusingdifferentmanpower.TheMDH
d
formula can be represented as
here ,
W
ork done by R in 3 days = 3 × 3 = 9 units
W
M→ Number of men/women,
Work done by (Q + R ) in 5 days = 5 × 7 = 35 units
D→ Number of days,
So that , Work done by (P + Q + R ) = 60 – 44 = 16 units
H→ Number of hours in a day,
Therefore, time taken to complete 16 units of work by
6
1
4 E→ Efficiency of 1 man,
(P + Q + R) = = days W→ Part of work done
12 3
4
Therefore, time taken to complete the total work = 3 + 5 +
3 Example :- 16 men can dig a ditch 24 m long in 18 days,
4 8
2 orking 6 hours a day. How many more men should be
w
8 +
=
= days
3
3 engaged to dig a similar ditch 42 m long in 9 days, each man
Example:- A,BandCcandoaworkin10days,15days,and
xample :- 4 men and 7 women can do a work in8days.7
E 0 days, respectively. They finished that work together and
2
men and 4 womencandothesameworkin5days.Findthe got ₹2,600 as wages. Find C's wage.
number of days in which 8 women can finish the work. SSC CGL 20/07/2023 (2nd shift)
SSC CHSL 16/03/2023 (1st Shift) (a) ₹550 (b) ₹600 (c) ₹575 (d) ₹625
(a) 60 Days (b) 55 Days (c) 40 Days (d) 45 Days Solution :-
Solution :-Let efficiency of men be M
and women be W
According to the question,
8(4M + 7W) = 5(7M + 4W)
32M + 56W = 35M + 20W
𝑀 2
1
36W = 3M ⇒ efficiency of ( )= ccording to question,
A
𝑊
1
ow, total work → 8(4M + 7W)
N Ratio of efficiency of A, B and C = 6 : 4 : 3
3
= 8(4 × 12 + 7 × 1)⇒ 440 unit Share of C = 2600 × = Rs. 600
6+4+3
440
Then, Time taken by 8 women = = 55 days
8×1
xample:- X, Y and Z completed a work costing ₹3,400. X
E
Type - 12 workedfor5days,Yfor7daysandZfor10days.Iftheirdaily
wages are in the ratio of 4: 5: 3, how much amount willbe
IfAmenorBboysorCwomencandoacertainworkinmdays received by X?
t hen𝑥men,𝑦boys,𝑧women can do the samewok in - SSC CGL 20/07/2023 (4th shift)
𝑚 (a) ₹700 (b) ₹900 (c) ₹800 (d) ₹600
=
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 days Solution :-Ratio of their wages :-
+𝐵 +𝐶
𝐴 X : Y : Z = 4 × 5 : 7 × 5 : 10 × 3
= 20 : 35 : 30
xample :-6 men or 2 women or 4 boys can finish awork in
E 0
2
77 days. How many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1 boy Wages received by X = × 3400= ₹ 800
85
together take to finish the same work?
Example:-TwopipesAandBfilltankin20minand30min.
.P
ipe and Cistern.
1
respectively. If A is kept openforonly thofthetotaltime
5
ndAandBarekeptopenforremainingtime;thenhowmuch
a
ipes and Cisterns are just an application of Time and Work.
P time is taken by both pipes to fill the tank.
Concept wise, it is one and the same. In the previous SSC CPO 15/03/2019 (Evening)
proportionality, Efficiency is replaced by Rate of filling. 5 1 5 1
The equation in this case becomes (a) 16 (b) 13 (c) 13 (d) 16
23 23 23 23
Solution :-
1
ate of filling ∝
R
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑛
he concept of the percentage of work done can be used to
T
solve most of the related questions.
A few basic points one needs to know to use the percentage
Let total time taken be 5𝑥.
concept are: When it is said thatsomeonehasdoneawork,it
ccording to question,
A
meanshehasdone100%ofthework.Hence,ifAfinisheswork
0
6
in4days,itmeans-in4dayshewilldo100%ofthework.Hence, 3𝑥
+ (5× 4𝑥
) = 60 ⇒ 23𝑥= 60⇒ 𝑥⇒
23
100
in one day he finishes 25% ( ) of the work. Similarly, in 3 Therefore,
4
0
6 00
3 1
ays he finishes 75 % of the work.
d Total time = 5𝑥= 5× = = 13 minute
23 3
2 23
The completeworkcanalsobeconsideredas1unit.ThenifA
1
takes4daystofinishawork,itmeanshecanfinish thofthe
4
xample :- One - fourth ofatankcanbefilledin3hoursby
E
work in 1 day.
pipeAandone-thirdofthesametankcanbefilledin2hours
bypipeB.Howlongwillittakeforthetanktobefilledifboth
Type - 1 pipes are kept open ?
SSC CPO 14/03/2019 (Morning)
hen two taps A and B can fill a tank in 𝑥 hoursand 𝑦 hours
W
1
respectively, then time taken to fill the tank when opened (a) 5 h (b) 2 h (c) 4 h (d) 2 h
2
together -
1
Solution :-Time taken by A to fil th of tank = 3 hr
Or 4
Time taken by A to fill complete tank = 3 × 4 = 12 hr
wo pipe‘A’and‘B’canemptyatankin‘ 𝑥 ’hourand‘ 𝑦 ’hour
T
1
respectively. Ifbothpipeareopentogether,thentimetakento Time taken by B to fill rd of tank = 2 hr
3
𝑥×𝑦 Time taken by B to fill complete tank = 2 × 3 = 6 hr
empty the tank -
+𝑦
𝑥
xample :- Two pipes X and Y can fill atankin12minutes
E
and 18 minutes, respectively. If both the pipes are opened
simultaneously, how long will it take to fill the tank (in mins) ?
Selection Post 03/08/2022 (4th Shift)
5
1 Let total capacity of tank = 12 unit
(a) 15 (b) (c) 14 (d) 7
36 5 12
Desired time = = 4 hours
Solution :- 1+2
𝑥𝑦 12×18 6
3 1
Required time =
= = = 7 min
𝑥+𝑦 2+18
1
5 5
Type - 2
Exam Hall Approach :
Apipe‘A’canfillatankin‘x’hoursand‘B’canemptythetankin
‘ y’ hours .When both the pipes are opened together then.
𝑥𝑦
Time taken to fill the tank = hours … [ y > x ]
𝑦−𝑥
𝑥𝑦
ime taken to empty the tank =
T hours … [ x > y ]
𝑥−𝑦
xample :- An inlet pipe can fill an empty tank in 51 hours
E
Time taken by (X + Y) to fill the whole tank while an outlet pipe drains a completely-filled tank in 76.5
36 6
3 1 hours.Ifboththepipesareopenedsimultaneouslywhenthe
= = = 7 min
3+2
5 5 tankisempty,inhowmanyhourswillthetankgetcompletely
lled ?
fi (a) 6 (b) 4 (c) 10 (d) 5
SSC CHSL 08/08/2023 (1st Shift) 5×
10×20
(a) 178.5 (b) 127.5 (c) 102 (d) 153 Solution :-t =
20×10+20×5−5×1
0
Solution :- Time taken to fill the tank 1000 1000
51×76.5
1×76.5
5
= = = 4 hr
00+100−50
2 250
= = = 153hr
6.5
7 −51 5.5
2
Exam Hall Approach :
Exam Hall Approach :
Type - 5
Type - 3
I f a , b , c …..all the taps are openedtogether,thenthetime
wo pipes A and B can fill a tank in x hours and y hours
T required to fill / empty the tank will be :
respectively . If both the pipes are openedtogether,thenthe 1 1 1 1
timeafterwhichpipeBshouldbeclosedsothatthetankisfull ± ± ±….. =
𝑎
𝑏 𝑐 𝑇
𝑡 here T is the required time.
W
in t hours = [𝑦(1- )]ℎ𝑟
𝑥 Note :-Positive result = to fill the tank
Negative result = to empty the tank
Example :- Two pipes A and B can fill atankin27minutes
nd 36 minutes, respectively. If both the pipes are opened
a Example:-ThreepipesA,BandCcanfillatankin5hours,8
simultaneously, after how much time shouldBbeclosedso oursand12hours,respectively.Ifallthepipesareopenedat
h
that the tank is full in 21 minutes? the same time, then the time taken to fill the tank is:
DDA JE (Civil) 29/03/2023 (Evening) RRC Group D 05/09/2022 (Morning)
(a) 9 minutes (b) 7 minutes (c) 6 minutes (d) 8 minutes 2
2 22 22 22
(a) 4 hour (b)2 hour (c)5 hour (d) 3 hour
𝑡 49 9
4 9
4 49
olution :-Required time = [𝑦(1- )]
S
𝑥 Solution :-
21
2
=[36(1 - )] = 36 × =8 min
27 9
Exam Hall Approach :
120
Time taken by pipe (A + B + C) to fill the tank =
49
ork done by Pipe A in 21 min. = 21 × 4 = 84 units
W 2
2
Remaining work = 108− 84 = 24 units = 2 hours
49
24
Required time = = 8 min.
3
Example:- Three Pipes,D,EandF,canfillatankin6min,8
in and 12 min, respectively. All the pipes are opened
m
Type - 4 simultaneously.AndthenpipesDandEareclosed3minutes
beforethetankisfull.Inhowmuchtime(inmin)willthetank
If pipe A can fill a cistern in X hours, pipe B can fillthesame
be full ?
istern in Y hours, and pipe C can empty the full cistern in Z
c
SSC MTS 07/07/2022 (Evening)
hours,thenthetimetakentocompletelyfillthecistern,ifPipes
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 4
𝑋𝑌𝑍
A, B and C are opened together. = Solution :-
𝑌𝑍+𝑍𝑋−𝑋𝑌
Example:-Pcanfillatankin5hours.Qcanfillthesametank
in 10 hours. R can empty the same tank in 20 hours. How
much time (in hrs) will all the three take together to fill the
same tank ?
SSC CHSL 13/03/2023 (2nd Shift) Since, the pipes D and E are closed 3 min before then, at that
Example :- Pipe A is 3 times faster than pipeB.Bothpipes
t ogetherfillatankin36min.HowmuchtimewillpipeAalone
take to fill the tank ?
RRC Group D 25/08/2022 (Morning)
(a) 80 min (b) 100 min (c) 156 min (d) 48 min
Solution :-
3×𝑡
36 = ⇒ t = 96 minutes (timedifference)
(9−1)
So, Leak( Q) can empty 1 unit in 1 hour .
90 : B = 3 : 1 (efficiency )⇒ A : B = 1 : 3 (time)
A
Time taken by Leak( Q) to empty the tank = = 90 hours 2 = 96⇒ (A)1 = 48minutes
1
Exam Hall approach:-
fficiency of A : B = 3 : 1
E 0 minutes, respectively. Pipe C, attached to the tank , can
3
Total work = (3 + 1) × 36 = 144 drain off 125 litres of water per minute. If all the pipes are
Time taken by pipe A alone to fill the tank = 144 ÷ 3 = 48 min openedtogether,thetankisfilledin45minutes.Thecapacity
of the tank in litres, is:
SSC MTS 14/10/2021 (Evening)
Type - 8 (a) 1500 (b) 1375 (c) 1875 (d) 2000
Solution :-
If the pipes move alternately :-
Example:-TherearetwoinletsAandBconnectedtoatank.
andBcanfillthetankin32hand28h,respectively.Ifboth
A
thepipesareopenedalternatelyfor1h,startingwithA,then
in how much time (inhours,tonearestinteger)willthetank
be filled ?
SSC CGL Tier II (03/03/2023)
(a) 22 ( b) 30 (c) 36 (d) 24 Efficiency of C = 5 + 3 - 2 = 6 unit
Solution :- 90
So, C can empty entire tank in = = 15 minutes
6
ater drain by C in 1 minute = 125 litres
W
Water drain by C in 15 minute = 125× 15 = 1875litres
Capacity of tank = 1875 litres
Example:-Twopipes,AandB.canfillatankof1000litresin
A and B pipes are opened alternately for 1 h hoursand6hours,respectively.Iftheyareopenedtogether,
5
Work done in 2 hour = 7 + 8 = 15 units how many hours will they take tofillanemptytankof1800
Similarly, work done in 29 hour = (15× 14) + 7= 217 units litres ?
In the 30th hour , work will be completed. RRC Group D 24/08/2022 (Evening)
5
2 4
5 5
4 2
5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
11 11 11 11
Type - 9
Solution :-Pipe A can fill 1000 litres in 5 hours
It will fill 1800 litres tank in 9 hr
MDH Formula Pipe B can fill 1000 litres in 6 hours
It will fill 1800 litres tank in 10.8 hr
DHformulaisusedtocomparetheworksofthesamenature
M
doneattwodifferenttimesusingdifferentmanpower.TheMDH
formula can be represented as
here,
W
M = denotes the number of men/women,
1000 1100
D = denotes the number of days, Efficiency of A and B =200+ =
6 3
H = denotes the number of hours in a day,
1800×3 54
E = denotes the efficiency of 1 man, ipe A and Pipe B will fill the tank in
P = ℎ𝑟
1100 1
1
W = denotes part of work done
xample:- 6 pipes, working 10 hours a day, can empty a
E xample:-Therearethreetapsofdiameter2cm,3cmand4
E
cisternin3days.Howmanyhoursadaymust9pipesworkto cm,respectively.Theratioofthewaterflowingthroughthem
empty the cistern in one day? is equal to the ratio of the square of their diameters. The
Delhi Police H.C.M. 17/10/2022 (Morning) biggest tap can fill an empty tank alone in81min.Ifallthe
(a) 18 (b) 20 (c) 12 (d) 22 taps are opened simultaneously, thenhowlongwillthetank
Solution :- Let the required time be x take (in min) to be filled?
ATQ, SSC CGL Tier II (02/03/2023)
× 10 × 3 = 9 × 1 × x
6 0
2 0
2 0
2 0
2
(a) 34 (b) 64 (c)54 (d) 44
180 29 29 29 29
80 = 9x ⇒ x =
1 20
= Solution :-According to question ,
9
fficiency of three tapsα square of the diameterof the pipe
E
2 2 2
Ratio of efficiency =(2) :(3) :(4)
Type - 10
= 4 : 9 : 16
Example1:-PipesAandBcanfillatankin18minutesand
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
Total time taken by all three tap together =
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦
1296 296
1 20
= = = 44 minute
(4+9+16) 9
2 9
2
Type - 11
ATQ ,
s tank is whole filled that is 72 units
A
Now both the pipes are opened
And it is emptied in 9 hours
72 + [(3 × n) - 4(9 - n)] × 9 = 0,
[(3 × n) - 4(9 - n)] × 9 = - 72
[3n - 36 + 4n] = - 8 ⇒ 7n = - 8 + 36⇒ 7n =28 ⇒ n = 4
The number of emptying pipes = 9 - n = 9 - 4 = 5
𝐷 00
3
∴𝑇𝑖𝑚𝑒(𝑇)= = =6ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠
Speed, Time and Distance.. 𝑆 0
5
xample :-Iftheratioamongthetimetakenbythreecarsto
E
Note:-
travelacertaindistanceis2:3:5,thentheratioofspeedsof
1 Hr = 60 min = 3600 sec
these cars will be:
1 yard = 3 ft
SSC MTS 11/09/2023 (1st Shift)
1 mile = 1. 609 km ( a) 10 : 6 : 15 (b) 15 : 9 : 8 (c) 10 : 15 : 8 (d) 15 : 10 : 6
Solution :-
xample :-Abullettravelsadistanceof90min0.2sec.Find
E Ratio of time taken = 2 : 3 : 5
its speed in km/hr. 1
As we know:- time ∝
RRB ALP Tier - II (23/01/2019) Morning 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
(a) 125 (b) 1,620 (c) 162 (d) 1,250 1 1 1
ence, ratio of speeds = : : = 15 : 10 : 6
H
90 2 3 5
Solution :- Speed of bullet =
.2
0
18
= 450 m/s = 450 × = 1620 km/h
5 Example :- In the same time, find the ratio of thedistance
t ravelled by A and B at a speed of 6 km/h and 8 km/h
● hen usingtheunitofspeedinkm/h,keepinmindthat
W respectively.
theunitoftimeshouldalsobeinhours.Whentheunitof Solution :-Here, time→ constant then Distanceα Speed.
speed is used in m/s, the unitoftimeshouldalsobein Speed→ 6 : 8
seconds. That is, the units of speed and time are the Distance→ 6 : 8
same. Hence, the required ratio = 6 : 8 = 3 : 4
Example :- The speed of a car is 90 km/h. The distance Average speed
overed by the car in 7 Seconds will be:
c
SC MTS 05/09/2023 (1st Shift)
S
(a) 172 metres (b) 175 metres (c) 170 metres (d) 180 metres a.)When different distance is travelled each timethen,
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒
Solution :-Required distance 𝐴 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑇𝑖𝑚𝑒
5
= 90× × 7 = 175 meters
18
i.e.
𝑑1+𝑑2+𝑑3
xample:-AmantravelsfromDelhitoChandigarhataspeed
E 𝐴 𝑣𝑒. 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑= 𝑑1 𝑑 𝑑
of 50 km/h covering a distance of 300 km. Find the time + 𝑣2 + 𝑣3
𝑣1
taken? 2 3
olution :- Here, we are given, Distance(D) = 300 km and
S Example :- A car covers the first210kmataspeedof70
Speed(S) = 50 km/h. m/h. It covered the next 170 km at a speed of 85 km/h.
k
What is its average speed ?
𝑡 𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 11+21+37
Average speed = = 1 1 21 37
Exam Hall approach :-
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑛 + +
3 5 10 ere , Distance is constant , so
H
9×30
6 070
2 335 Ratio of speed (A) = 1 : 2
=
= = 5 km/hr.
10+126+111
1 47
3 347 Then ratio of time(A) = 2 : 1
3
Here time difference 1 unit = hours,
2
.) When an object travels the same distance with different
b t hen taken time by A = 2 units = 3 hours
speeds a and b, then Now time taken by B = 2.5 hours
2𝑎
𝑏 15
𝐴 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 = , where a and b arespeed Hence speed of B = = 6 km/h
𝑎+𝑏 .5
2
xample :- A person travels from point A to point B at a
E Type - 2
speed of 30 km/h and comes back ataspeedof20km/h.
What is his average speed? and B started their journeys from X to Y and Y to X ,
A
Solution :-Here, distance travelled is same, respectively.Aftercrossingeachother,AandBcompletedthe
remaining part of the journey in ‘a’ hours and ‘b’ hours ,
2×30×20 200
1
So, average speed = = = 24 km/h respectively. If the Speed ofAisxkm/hrandspeedofBisy
30+20 0
5
km/hr then
𝑥
𝑏
henanobjecttravelsthesamedistancewithdifferentspeeds
W =
𝑦 𝑎
a b and c, then
3𝑎
𝑏𝑐
𝐴 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑= , where a,b and c are speed xample :- Two motorists travelling in opposite directions
E
𝑎𝑏+𝑏𝑐+𝑎𝑐
meetatthesamepointinbetween.Afterthistheytake9and
16 hours to reach their respective destinations. What isthe
Example:-GopaltravelsfromAtoBatthespeedof5km/h, ratio of their speeds?
f romBtoCat10km/h,andfromCtoDat15km/h.IfAB= RRB JE 28/05/2019 (Morning)
BC = CD, then find Gopal’s average speed. (a) 5 : 4 (b) 4 : 7 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 5 : 3
SSC CHSL 09/06/2022 (Afternoon) 1
2
2
2
2 Solution :-We know that→ speed∝
𝑇
(a) 8 (b) 70 (c) 60 (d) 9
11 11 11 11
𝑆1
𝑇2 𝑆1 16
Solution :- = ⇒ =
2
𝑆 𝑇1 2
𝑆 9
3𝑥𝑦𝑥 𝑆1
4
When distance is sameAverage speed = = =
𝑥×𝑦+𝑦×𝑧+𝑧×𝑥 𝑆2
3
Average speed of Gopal in the entire journey
3×5×10×15 2250 250
2
=
= =
×10+10×15+15×5
5 0+150+75
5 75
2 Type - 3
90 2
= = 8 km/hr
11 11
hen Distance is constant and two speed is given with total
W
time or difference of time :-
Type - 1
The difference between time can be solved by some trick
Example :- A takes 30 minutes more than B to cover a Early , early case ‘ - ‘
istance of 15 km at a certain speed. But if A doubles his
d
Type - 4
and B started their journeys from X to Y and Y to X ,
A
respectively . After crossing each other at point C , A and B
𝑆1 ×𝑆2 completed the remaining partofthejourneyin‘a’hoursand‘b’
Distance = × total time hours , respectively.
𝑆1 +𝑆2
Time when they meet at point C (T) = 𝑎× 𝑏
xample:-Amantravelacertaindistancebytrainattherate
E
of25km/hrandwalkbackattherateof3km/hr.Thewhole
journey took 5 hr 36 min. What distance did he travel by train ?
25×3 8
2
Solution :-D = ( ) × = 15km
5+3
2
5
Example :-AandBstartedtheirjourneysat9a.mfromXtoY
). The total distance covered when a persontravelsacertain
b ndYtoX,respectively.AftercrossingeachotheratpointC,
a
distancewiths1 km/handhereturnswithaspeedofs2 km/h.If A and B completed the remaining part of thejourneyin‘16’
it takes 't' more hours to return than it takes to go: min and ‘36’ min, respectively. Find outthetimewhenthey
meet at C ?
Solution :-T = 16× 36= 24 Min
eeting time at C = 9:24 Min
M
𝑆1 ×𝑆2
Distance = × differenceof time
𝑆1 −𝑆2 Example :- AandBstartedmovingatthesametimetowards
achotherfrompointsXandY,respectively.Aftermeetingon
e
xample :-Amandrovefromhometoatownatthespeedof
E the way, A andBtook5.4hoursandphours,respectivelyto
60 km/hr andonhisreturnjourney,hedroveatthespeedof reach Y and X, respectively. If the speed of B is 50% more than
30 km/hr andalsotookanhourlongertoreachhome.What that of A, then what is the value of p?
distance did he cover each way ? RRC Group D 02/09/2022 ( Afternoon )
SC CHSL 17/03/2023 (1st Shift)
S (a) 2.7 (b) 1.8 (c) 2.4 (d) 3.6
(a) 75 km (b) 55 km (c) 60 km (d) 80 km Solution :-
Solution :- A : B
Speed → 2 : 3
𝑥𝑦
Distance(D) = ( ) t km
𝑥−𝑦 ₁
𝑆 𝑡 ₂
After meeting, =
60×3
0 𝑆₂ 𝑡₁
= ( )× 1hr = 60 km
0−30
6 𝑝 2
4
⇒ = ⇒ 𝑝= 5. 4 ⇒ 𝑝= 2. 4ℎ𝑟.
×
Exam Hall approach :- 5.4
3 9
Speed = 60 : 30
ime = 1 : 2(whendistanceissamethentimeisinversely
T
Type - 5
proportional to the speed) 1 unit = 1 hour
Distance = speed × time⇒ 60 × 1 = 60 km
When actual speed is given :-
Apersoncoversacertaindistance,ifheincreaseshisspeedby
1km/hr thenhetakes 𝑡1 minutelesstimebutifhereduceshis
𝑆
xample:-Apersondrivingatthespeedof45km/hreaches
E
office 1 minute early while she reaches 3 minutes late if speedby𝑆2k
m/hrthenhowmuchdelaywillhereachifhisactual
driving at 40 km/hr. What isthedistance(inkm)thatsheis speed is S Km/hr.
covering?
RB ALP Tier - I (21/08/2018) Afternoon
R
xample :- A person covers a certain distance atacertain
E
(a) 24 (b) 30 (c) 32 (d) 28
speed. If he increases his speed by5km/h,hecanwalk12
Solution :-
min early . If he reaches first and reduces his speed by 5
m/h, then how late will he reach? If his actualspeedis20
k so distance travelled on bicycle = 47 – x
Km/h. 𝑥 47−𝑥 2𝑥
2( 4
7−𝑥)
RRB NTPC CBT 2 Level -6 ( 9 May 2022 ) 6 = 13 + 17 ⇒ 6 = +
3
1 17
2 2
(a) 36 minutes (b) 50 minutes (c) 30 minutes (d) 20 minutes
2𝑥
4−2𝑥
9 34𝑥+1222−26𝑥
Solution :-According to the question ⇒ 6 = + ⇒ 6 =
3
1 7
1 221
1
The distance is constant so,s∝ ⇒ 1326 = 8x + 1222⇒ 8x = 104 ⇒ x = 13 km
𝑡
Now,
Apersoncoversacertaindistanceifheincreaseshisspeedby
1km/hr then he takes 𝑡1 min less time but if he reduces his
𝑆 Type - 8
speedby 𝑆2k m/hrthenhetakes 𝑡2 minmoretimethenFindout
Speed with stoppage:-
the actual speed (S ) ?
Without stoppage , the average speed of atrainis‘u’andwith
toppage average speed of train is ‘v’ .
s
Then stoppage time per hour
𝑊𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑−𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 −𝑣
𝑢
= =
𝑊𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
𝑢
Example :- A person covered a certain distance at some Example :-The speed of a train including stoppages is 75
peed.Ifhemoves6km/hrfaster,hetakes30minutesless.If
s mph and excluding stoppages, the speed of the train is 90
k
heslowsdownby4km/hr,hetakes30minutesmore.Whatis kmph. For how many minutes does the train stop per hour?
his original speed (in km/hr)? SSC CHSL 13/03/2023 (3rd Shift)
Delhi Police Constable 02/12/2020 (Shift 2) (a) 10 minutes (b) 15 minutes (c) 20 minutes (d) 11 minutes
(a) 21 (b) 24 (c) 28 (d) 36 olution :-
S
Solution :- Formula :-Stoppage time per hour
𝑆×(𝑆
+𝑆1 ) 𝑡1 𝑆×(𝑆
−𝑆2 ) 𝑡2 𝑊𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑔𝑒−𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑔𝑒
D = × = × =
𝑆1 60 𝑆2 60 𝑊𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑝𝑝𝑎𝑔𝑒
𝑆×(𝑆 +6) 30 𝑆×(𝑆
−4) 30 90−75 1
⇒ × = × ⇒ hr = × 60 = 10 min.
6 60 4 60 90 6
𝑆+ 6 𝑆−4
⇒ = ⇒ 4S + 24 = 6S- 24⇒ 2S = 48⇒ S = 24
6 4
Example :-Acarstartsrunningataninitialspeedof60km/h,
ith its speed increasing every hour by10km/h.Howmany
w
Type - 7 hours will it take to cover a distance of 1210 km?
Selection Post 30/06/2023 (2nd Shift)
Distance travelled by different medium :- (a) 12 (b) 8 (c) 10 (d) 11
olution :-
S
Example :- A man travelledadistanceof47kmin6hours.
Distance traveled in 1st hour = 60 km.
1
Hetravelledpartlyonfootattherateof6 km/handpartly According to question,
2
Series of Distance will be covered = 60, 70, 80….
1
on bicycle at the rateof8 km/h.Thedistancetravelledon ⇒ 60 + 70 + 80 +…. = 1210
2
𝑛
f oot is: Sum of A.P,(𝑆𝑛) = [2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑]
2
SSC MTS 11/10/2021 (Afternoon)
420 =10𝑛[ 12 + 𝑛 − 1]
2
(a) 13 km (b) 15 km (c) 12 km (d) 16 km
242 =𝑛[ 𝑛 + 11]
Solution :-
242 =11× [ 11 + 11] ⇒ 𝑛= 11
Let the distance travelled on foot = x,
xample :-Twomendothesamejourneybytravellingatthe
E
speedof18km/hand24km/h,respectively.Ifonemantakes
20 minutes more than the other man, then the distance (in Time is equal in both the cases
km) of the total journey is: 𝐷𝐷 𝑆𝐷 4
2 2
1
SSC CHSL 04/08/2023 (1st Shift) = = =
𝐷𝑐 𝑆𝑐 10
5
(a) 24 (b) 20 (c) 18 (d) 21
Difference of distance = 12 - 5 = 7 unit
Solution :-
7 unit = 280 m
Ratio = 1st person : 2nd person
Distance of cat = 5 unit
Speed = 18 : 24
280
Time = 24 : 18 = × 5 = 200𝑚= 0.2 km
7
Difference in time (6 units) = 20 min. 0.2
1 60
Final time (18 units) = 1 hour Time = = ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟 = =1. 2𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑠
10 50 50
Total journey time = 24 × 1 hour = 24 km
Exam hall approach;-
Relative Speed Relative speed b/w dog and cat = 24 -10 =14 km/h
5 70
(i).Same Direction :- 14×
= m/sec
18 8
1
280
Time = 0
7 = 4× 18 = 72 sec =1. 2𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑠
18
i.e.AandBaregoingtothesamepointZatspeedsof80km/h xample:-Twocyclistsstartatthesametimefromopposite
E
and 60 km/h respectively. ends of a 200kmlongstraightroad.Onecyclisttravelsata
Relative speed of A with respect to B will be speedof20km/handtheotherataspeedof30km/h.How
= 80 – 60 = 20 km/h. long will it take them to meet?
SSC MTS 11/09/2023 (1st Shift)
(ii)Opposite direction :- (a) 5 hours (b) 4 hours (c) 5.5 hours (d) 4.5 hours
Solution :-
Relative speed = 20 + 30 = 50 km/h
200
So, required time = = 4 hour
50
i.e.AismovingtowardspointZat60km/handBisgoingaway
f rom point Z at 80 km/h. ( 1) When the distance is constant :-
Relative speed of A with respect to B (2) When the speed is constant :-
= 60 + 80 = 140 km/h. (3) When time is stable :-
(4) When no value is constant :-
Example :-Apolicemanseesathieffromadistanceof185
. The thief starts running away andthepolicemanchases
m xample :-ThespeedofBis12.5%morethanthespeedof
E
him.Thethiefandthepolicemanrunatspeedsof8m/sand A. They walk for 5 hours and 4 hours respectively. If A will
9m/srespectively.Whatisthedistancebetweenthemafter2 walk 20km more than B then find the distance covered by B.
minutes?
Solution :-
SSC MTS 05/09/2023 (2nd Shift)
(a) 65 m (b) 92 m (c) 120 m (d) 130 m
Solution :- Relative speed = 9 - 8 = 1 m/s
1 second = 1 meter
2 minute (120 second) = 120 meter
Required distance = 185 - 120 = 65 meter
elativespeedofpersonwhentravelinginoppositedirection
R
= 5 + 3 = 8 km/hr
Distance covered by both person = 5 × 6 = 30 km
30
Time of meeting = = 3 hr 45 min
ere ,
H 8
LCM (total distance) of 15 and 20 = 60 units o, both person will meet each other at 11 : 45 am i.e.
S
Distancecoveredbyfoot=Totaldistance–(Distancecovered (8 + 3:45)
by train bus) = 60 – 35 = 25 units Exam hall approach :-
Now ,
25 units = 10 km
Hence, 60 units = 24 km
Example :- A person starts his journey in the morning. He
tarted the journey at 10:00 am He covers
s Relative speed = 5 + 3 = 8
30 5
1 3
3 time to meet = = = 3 hr (3.45hr)
partsandonthesamedayat12:10hecovers80%ofthe 8
4 4
7
o, both person will meet each other at 11 : 45 am i.e.
S
journey then find the starting and ending time of the journey.
(8 + 3:45)
Solution :-
xample :-AnilandTirathdrovebetweentwopointsAandB
E
192 km apart. Anil started the journey from point A at8:20
a.m.; drove at a speed of 64 km/h; reached point B and
immediately returned to A atthesamespeed.Tirathstarted
thejourneyfrompointAat9:50a.m.;droveataspeedof96
km/h; reached point B and immediately returnedtoAatthe
samespeed.AtwhattimedidAnilandTirathfirstmeeteach
3 units = 130 minutes
1
other?
Therefore, 7 units = 70 minutes = 1 hour 10 m.
And 15 units = 150 minutes = 2 hours 30 m. SC CGL 21/07/2023 (4th shift)
S
Hence, starting time of journey = 07 : 30 AM (a) 11 : 38 a.m. (b) 11 : 28 a.m. (c) 11 : 43 a.m. (d) 11 : 33 a.m.
Last time of journey = 13 : 20 PM Solution :-
192
Time taken by Anil to reached point B = = 3 hours
64
When two objects start movingfromafixedplaceatdifferent o, Anil reached B at = 8 : 20 + 3 = 11:20 a.m.
S
t imes 𝑡1 and 𝑡2 and with different speeds 𝑠 1 and 𝑠 2 Now, distance covered by Tirath till
r espectively, then find- 11 : 20 a.m. = 1.5 × 96 = 144 km
1.At what time will the two objects meet each other? so , the distance between Anil and Tirath at 11:20 a.m.
2.At what distance will the two objects meet eachother = 192− 144 = 48 km
Relative speed of Anil and Tirath
For solution:- = 64 + 96 = 160 km/hr
tep 1:- We will firstfindthedistancecoveredbytheobjectin
S Required time of meeting
the given interval of time. 48
= ×60= 18 minute
Step 2:- By the time the second object starts moving at its 160
scheduled time, the first object will have covered some distance. Time at which they meet = 11 : 20 + 18 min = 11 : 38 a.m.
Hence the second object will cover this distance only.
xample :-ThedistancebetweentwoplacesAandBare140
E
xample :- Ram starts from point A at 8 a.m. and reaches
E km. Two cars x and y start simultaneously from A and B,
point B at 2 p.m. on the same day. On the same day, Raju respectively. If they move in the same direction, they meet
startsfrompointBat8a.m.andreachespointAat6p.m.on after 7 hours. If they move towards each other, they meet
the same day. Both points A and B are separated byonlya after one hour. What is the speed (in km/h) of car y if its
straight line track. At what time they both meet? speed is more than that of car x?
SC CGL 12/12/2022 (3rd Shift)
S SC CGL Tier II (03/02/2022)
S
(a) 11:45 a.m. (b) 9:42 a.m (c) 10:42 a m. (d) 12:42 p.m. (a) 60 (b) 100 (c) 80 (d) 90
Solution :- Solution :-
Time taken by Ram = 6 hrs Let the speed of car𝑥= p km/h
Time taken by Raju = 10 hrs and speed of car y = q km/h
The ratio of the speed of Ram and Raju According to the question,
1 For same direction case,
= 10 : 6 = 5 : 3 (speed∝ )
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 140
q – p = = 20 …….(1)
7
Example :-AjitSinghleftfromplacePat9:30amforplace Example :- An airplane took off from the starting point 45
,andDavidRajleftplaceQat1:30forplaceP.Thedistance
Q inutes later than the scheduled time. The destinationwas
m
betweenthemis416km.IfAjitSingh’sspeedis44km/hand 2100 kmawayfromthestartingpoint.Toreachontime,the
DavidRaj’sspeedis52km/h,thenatwhattimewilltheymeet pilot had to increase the speed by 40% of its usual speed.
each other? What was the increased speed (in km/h)?
SC CHSL 11/08/2021 (Afternoon)
S SSC MTS 22/10/2021(Morning)
(a) 4.30 pm (b) 5 pm (c) 6 pm (d) 4 pm (a) 1870 (b) 2520 (c) 2940 (d) 1120
Solution :- Solution :-
2
0% =
5
,let initial speed
= 5 units, then increased speed = 7 units
Initial : New
istance travelled by Ajit in first 4
D Ratio of speed = 5 : 7
hours(from 9:30 to 1:30) Ratio of time = 7 : 5
= 44× 4 = 176 km Clearly, 2 units of time will cover the delay of 45 minutes.
Remaining distance = 416 - 176 = 240 km 45
Relative speed = 44 + 52 = 96 km/h So, 5 units of time = × 5minutes
2
240 New or increased speed
Time = = 2.5 hours
96 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 2100×60×2
1 : 30 + 2.5 hours = 4 pm = ⇒ = 1120
𝑛𝑒𝑤𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 45×5
Example :- A is chasing B in the same interval of time. A
jumps 8 times, while B jumps 6 times. But the distance
coveredbyAin7jumpsisthesameasthatofBin5jumps.
The ratio between the speeds of A and B is ________.
SSC CGL 08/12/2022 (1st Shift)
(a) 32 : 24 (b) 30 : 56 (c) 20 : 21 (d)28 : 36
Solution :- Distance covered by A in 7 jumps is equal to
d istance covered by B in 5 jumps .
Let the distance be 35 meters.
According to Questions ,
35
Distance covered by A per jump = = 5 meters
7
). Still Water Speed : Speed of a thing in water which is not
1 𝐷𝑜𝑤𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑−𝑈𝑝𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
flowing. b) Speed of the current=
2
2).Speed of stream:The speed at which water isflowing.
3). Downstream speed : Speed of athing,movinginthesame
direction as that of the stream . Example:- A person can row downstream 49 km in7hours
nd upstream 36 km in 9 hours. What is the speed of the
a
Downstreamspeed=speedofboatinstillwater + Speedof
current?
tream
s
Selection Post 02/08/2022 (2nd Shift)
(a) 1.5 km/h (b) 2 km/h (c) 2.5 km/h (d) 3 km/h
4). Upstream Speed : Speed of a boat, moving in opposite 49
Solution:-Downstream speed = = 7 km/hr
irection as that of the current.
d 7
36
pstream speed = speed of boat in still water - Speed of
U Upstream speed = = 4 km/hr
9
stream
𝐷𝑜𝑤𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑−𝑈𝑝𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
Speed of the current=
2
7−4
xample:- The speedofaboatinstillwateris15km/h,and
E =
2
= 1.5 km/hr
the speed of the current is 5 km/h, in how much time (in
hours)willtheboattraveladistanceof60kmupstreamand
the same distance downstream?
SSC CPO 25/11/2020 (Evening) Type - 2
(a) 12 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 20
Solution:-speed of a boat in still water = 15 km/h a)Ifaboattakesequaltimetotravel‘x’kmdownstreamand‘y’
speed of the current = 5 km/h m upstream then ,
k
Downstream speed = 15 + 5 = 20 km/h 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑜𝑓𝑏𝑜𝑎𝑡 (𝑥+𝑦)
=
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑜𝑓𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚 (𝑥−𝑦)
Upstream speed = 15 - 5 = 10 km/h
0
6
Time for downstream = = 3hr
20
Example:-Amantakeshalftimeinrowingacertaindistance
0
6
Time for upstream = = 6hr ownstreamthanupstream.Whatistheratioofthespeedin
d
10
still water to the speed of current?
Total time = 3 + 6 = 9 hr
UPSC CSAT (04/10/2020)
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 : 1
Solution:- Let the time taken to row a certain distance
upstream be 2x. So, time taken to row a certain distance
downstream = x.
𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 (𝑥+𝑦) 2𝑥
+𝑥 𝑥
3
=
= = = 3 : 1
𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑜𝑓𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 (𝑥−𝑦) 𝑥
2 −𝑥
𝑥
b) If the time taken by the boat to row same distance in
downstreamis 𝑇1 andinupstreamis 𝑇2.thentheratioofspeed
of the boat to the speed of stream :-
𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑜𝑓𝑏𝑜𝑎𝑡
𝑆
=
(𝑇 +𝑇 )
2 1
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑜𝑓𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚
(𝑇 −𝑇 )
2 1
Type - 1 Example:- A boat covers a certain distance against the
tream in 9 hours 36 min and it covers the same distance
s
𝐷𝑜𝑤𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑+𝑈𝑝𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 alongthestreamin6hours.Whatistheratioofthespeedof
(a) Still water speed=
2 the boat in still water to that of the stream ?
SSC CGL 12/12/2022 (2nd Shift)
xample:-Thespeedofaboatwhentravellingdownstreamis
E (a) 13 : 3 (b) 9 : 2 (c) 11 : 6 (d) 8 : 5
48 km/h, whereas when travelling upstream it is 32 km/h. Solution :- Let the speed of the boat in still water and the
What is the speed of the boat in still water? peed of stream be x and y respectively.
s
Selection Post 28/06/2023 (2nd Shift) ownstream speed (D) = (x + y) km/hr
D
(a) 80 km/h (b) 30 km/h (c) 40 km/h (d) 20 km/h Upstream speed (U) = (x - y) km/hr
Type - 3 2×𝑑𝑜𝑤𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑×𝑢𝑝𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
average speed = km/hr
𝑑𝑜𝑤𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚+𝑢𝑝𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑚
Note:-(In the following formulas B = speed of boatand
S = speed of stream)
Example:- A boat in a still flowing river travels a certain
) If it takes T hours more to go to a point upstream than
a istancedownstreamataspeedof12km/handthencovers
d
downstream for the same distance. Then thesamedistanceintheoppositedirectionataspeedof24
2 2
𝑇(𝐵
−𝑆 ) km/h. Find the average speed for the total journey.
Distance between the two places =
2𝑆
RRB ALP Tier - II (23/01/2019) Morning
(a) 20 km/h (b) 15 km/h (c) 18 km/h (d) 16 km/h
Example:-Thespeedofaboatinstillwateris20km/h,while
2×𝑆1
×𝑆2
t heriverisflowingataspeedof8km/handthetimetakento Solution:-average speed =
𝑆1
+𝑆2
cover a certaindistanceupstreamis6hmorethanthetime
2×12×24 2×12×24
taken to cover the same distance downstream. Find the = = 16
12+24 36
distance.
Therefore, the average speed for the journey = 16 km/h
SSC CPO 03/10/2023 (3rd Shift)
(a) 126 km (b) 125 km (c) 120 km (d) 336 km
Solution:-Let the covered distance = x km
Type - 5
Speed of the boat = 20 km/hr
Speed of the water = 8 km/hr
According to question, Time Related Question
𝑥
𝑥 16𝑥
12
- 28
= 6⇒
12×28
= 6 ⇒ 𝑥 = 126𝑘 𝑚
Example:- The speed of a boatinstillwateris30km/hand
Exam hall approach :-
2 2 t hespeedofthestreamis7.5km/h.Whatisthetimeinhours
𝑇(𝐵
−𝑆 )
Distance between the two places = taken by the boat in thestreamtogofrompointAtoBand
2𝑆
then back to A covering a total distance of 90 km ?
2 2
6( 2
0 −8 ) 6( 4
00−64) 6×336 SSC MTS 05/09/2023 (1st Shift)
= 2×8
= 2×8
= 2×8
=126 km
(a) 3.2 (b) 2.8 (c) 3.4 (d) 3.0
Solution :-Let total time taken is T hours
45 45
)IfthetotaltimetakenbytheboattorowadistanceofDand
b T = +
0+7.5
3 30−7.5
reach back to its initial points is T then 45 45
2 2
⇒ + = 1.2 + 2 = 3.2 hours
𝑇(𝐵
−𝑆 ) 37.5
22.5
Distance between the two places =
2𝐵
Speed of the boat to travel 22 km downstream in 24 min et the speed of the boat be x km/hour and Speed of the
L
22 current be y km/hour
⇒ (8x + 3x) = 4
2 = 11x = 55 km/h = x = 5 km/h Let the time for the boat to return from C to A be ‘t’ minute
60
ThehatstartedfloatingbackfromBtoA.12minutesbefore
hen, speed of boat in still waterandstream=40km/hand
T the boat turned back,
15km/h respectively so the hat's return took (12minut + t).
50 DistanceBC=TimetakenbyboatupstreamxSpeedofboat
therefore , boat take to cover 50 km upstream =
40−15
upstream BC = 12(x - y)
= 2 hours
Similarly,
Distance AC = t(x + y)
Distance AB = (t + 12)y
xample:- Aboatcantravel20kmdownstreamin50min.If
E
Distance AB + BC = distance AC
the speed of water is 20% of the speed of the boat
(t + 12)y + 12(x - y) = t(x + y) Time, t = 12
downstream,howmuchtime(inmin)aboatwilltaketotravel
As the hat's return took (12 minutes + t). Total time 24 min
120 km upstream?
4
2 2
SBI PO Mains (02/01/2022) = hours
=
60
5
(a) 450 (b) 675 (c) 240 (d) 500 (e) None of these
3
Solution :-speed of boat in downstream Speed = 2 = 7.5 km/hour
0
2 ( 5 )
(𝑥 + 𝑦) = 60= 24 km/h
×
50 Exam hall approach:
20
Speed of current (𝑦) = 24 × = 4.8 km/h
100
peed of boat in still water (𝑥) = 24 - 4.8 = 19.2km/h
S
Then, speed of upstream (𝑥 − 𝑦) = 19.2 - 4.8 = 14.4km/h
Now, time taken by boat to travel 120 km
120
upstream = × 60= 500 minute istance from starting point to the point where cap fell
D
4.4
1
= 3 km.
2
Time will be twice = 2× 12 = 24 minutes or hour.
Type - 6 5
3
Speed 2 = 7.5 km/hour
( 5 )
Return Based Question
xample:-suddenlyhercapflewoffand startedflowingwith
E
the current. The boat continued tomoveagainstthecurrent
for12minutes.WhenSakshirealizedthathercaphadblown
off,sheturnedtheboatandstartedsailingtowardthecap.He
caughtthecapatthesameplacewherehestartedwalking.If
hiscapflewatadistanceof3kmfromthestartingpoint,then
find the speed of the stream.
Solution:-
e justneedtorememberthisformula.Iftwovaluesaregiven
W Type - 2
the third can be found easily.
Relative Speed in same direction
Unit Conversion
(a) Train crossing another train moving in the same direction :-
I n such cases the distance covered by one train to cross the
km/h to m/s other train will be equal to the sum of lengths of the two trains.
𝑅𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒
𝑅𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑=
5 𝑅𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑇𝑖𝑚𝑒
i.e.90 km/h = 90× /s = 25m/s
m
18
xample: Atraintravelingat80km/hcrossesanothertrain
E
m/s to km/h
travelinginthesamedirectionat26km/hin30seconds.What
is the combined length of both the trains ?
18 SC CHSL 08/08/2023 (4th Shift)
S
i.e.25 m/s= 25× km/h = 90 km/h
5 (a) 400 m (b) 450 m (c) 550 m (d) 350 m
Solution :-Relative speed = 80− 26 = 54 km/h
Note:-1 Hr = 60 min = 3600 sec According to question,
5 1+𝐿2
𝐿
1 yard = 3 ft 54 × =
18 0
3
1 mile = 1. 609 km L1 + L2 = 15 × 30 = 450 m
Type - 1
(b) When two train start their journey at different times:-
Example : What is the time taken by a 450 m long train
r unning at 54 km/h to cross a man standing on a platform ?
TPC CBT II (09/05/2022) 1st Shift
N
(a) 25 seconds (b) 32 seconds
1
(c) 28 seconds (d) 30 seconds Now, time = hours, speed = 60 Km/h
2
5
1
Solution :-Here, Speed = 54 km/h = 54 × m/s = 15 m/s. Hence, distance covered by the first train = × 60 = 30 km
18 2
𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 50
4 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 30
Required time = = = 30 seconds Meeting time =
= = 2 hours
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 5
1 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 5−60
7
oth trains will meet each other at 11:00 am (9:00 + 2hr)
B
Total time = 2.5 hr
Distance = 2.5 × 60 = 150 km
(b) Train crossing a platform or tunnel :-
In such a case the distance covered by train to cross the
latform will be equal to sum of length of train and platform.
p (c) When a train crosses a running person/man :-
Example :-A train 228 meters long is running at a speedof
25km/hr.Inhowmuchtime(inseconds)willthistraintake
1
xample:Lengthofatrainis330metresanditismovingat
E tocrossapersonrunningataspeedof17km/hrinthesame
thespeedof72km/hr.Inhowmuchtimewillittakescrossa direction in which it is moving?
platform of length 710 metres? SSC MTS 14/09/2023 (3rd Shift)
SC CGL Tier II (08/08/2022)
S (a) 9.2 (b) 7.6 (c) 6.2 (d) 8.5
(a) 52 seconds (b) 56 seconds 5
Solution:-Relative speed = (125− 17) = 108× = 30 m/s
(c) 72 seconds (d) 64 seconds 18
5 228
Solution:-Here,Speed = 72 km/hr= 72 × = 20 m/s Time required = = 7.6 seconds
18 30
5
1
When N = 25 , S = 35 km/h ⇒ 50 - 35 = K 25⇒ K = = 3
5
If the speed S = 11 km/h
hen , (50 - 11 ) = 3 × 𝑁
T
A/Q
⇒ (50 - 11 ) = 3 × 𝑁 ⇒ 39 = 3 × 𝑁
2
⇒ 13 = 𝑁 ⇒ N = 13 = 169
xample :- A train service got disrupted due to anaccident
E
afteratravelof30km.Thespeedwasreducedtofour-fifthto
the original speed. This caused it a delay of 45 min. If the
accident had happened 18 km farther, it would have been
running late for 36 min. What was the originalspeedofthe
train?
RRB NTPC CBT - I 02/02/2021 (Evening)
(a) 30 km/h (b) 60km/h (c) 50km/h (d) 40km/h
Solution :-
Linear race :- it is a straight path such that the starting and
nishing point don’t coincide with each other.
fi
Circular race :- it is a circular path such that the starting and
finishing point coincide with each other.
A will start 10 seconds after B starts from the starting point.
Dead Heat or Deadlock :- A dead heat situation is when all
oth A and B will reach the finishing point at the same time.
B
participants reach the finishing point at the same time.
Head-start :- when a racer gets a start ahead of the starting xample:-AgivesBahead-startof10secondsina1500m
E
point .It is called head start. race and both finish the race at the same time. What isthe
Trail:-whenaracer startstheracebehindthestartingpointor timetakenbyA(inminutes)tofinishtheraceifthespeedofB
start the race behind the other racer. is 6 m/s ?
SSC CPO 11/11/2022 (Afternoon)
● Some cases of linear race :- (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 5
In a 1 km race, A gives a start of 300 meters to B. Solution :-Speed of B = 6 m/s
1500
Time taken by B to complete the race = = 250 sec
6
o, time taken by A to complete the race
S
= 250 - 10 = 240 sec or 4 minutes
● When the same race ends in a dead heat. :- Here, time required by B to finish the race is (t + 10) seconds .
Adeadheatsituationiswhenallparticipantsreachthefinishing
oint at the same instant of time.
p
Example:-Inalinearraceof1000m,AbeatsBby50mor5
econds.Whatisthedifferencebetweenthespeeds(inm/s)
s
of A and B ?
SSC CGL 06/12/2022 (3rd Shift)
0
1 0
1 9 9
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
t the same time, A reached the winning point, whereas, B is
A 19 19 19 10
behind A by 300 m. olution:-RatioofdistancecoveredbyAandBrespectively
S
Tocoveraraceof1000metresinthiscase,Ahascovered1000 = 1000 : 950
metres while B has covered only (1000 - 300) = 700 metres. 50𝑚
Speed of B = = 10 m/s
5𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠
Example:-Ina1610mrace,Amarjeetreachesthefinalpoint imetakenbyBtocover950misequaltotimetakenbyAto
T
in 91 seconds and Dinesh reaches the final point in 115 cover 1000m.
seconds. By how much distance does Amarjeet beat Dinesh? 950
Time (B) = = 95 sec.
Selection Post 30/06/2023 (3rd Shift) 10
(a) 326 m (b) 340 m (c) 336 m (d) 330 m 1000𝑚 200
Now, speed of A =
= /s
m
95𝑠𝑒𝑐. 19
Solution :-Distance covered by Dinesh = 1610 m
200 10
Time taken by Dinesh = 115 seconds Required difference = - 10 = /s
m
19 19
Time taken by Amarjeet to finish the race = 91 sec.
1610
Distance traveled by dinesh in 91 seconds = × 91 xample :-A and B take part in a 100 m race. A runsat 5
E
115
= 14 × 91= 1274 m. km/hr. A gives B a start of 8 m and still beats him by 8
LetAandBbetworacersrunninginacircularpathoflength
● Example :- In a circular race of 900m length, A and Bstart
of L with speed S1 and S2 respectively. (S1>S2) ithspeeds27km/hrand36km/hrstartingatthesametime
w
Case 1 :when both racer running in the same direction fromthesamepoint.Whenwilltheymeetforthefirsttimeat
the starting point when running in the opposite direction?
Solution :- Time taken by A to reach start point
900
= × 18 = 120 sec
27×5
Time taken by B to reach start point
900
= × 18 = 90 sec.
36×5
LCM of 90 and 120 = 30 × 3 × 4 = 360 sec.
360
(I). Time taken by both racer to meet for the 1st time at the Required time = = 6 min
60
𝐿 𝐿
starting point = LCM of ( , )
1 𝑆2
𝑆
(II).Timetakentomeetforthe1sttimeatanywhereonthetrack
𝐿
xample :- Zeenat andNasreenparticipateinacircularrace
E = ( )
𝑆1 +𝑆2
of 1.2km.Theystarttheraceataspeedof18km/hand27
km/h. respectively, from the same point at the same time.
xample:-Inacircularraceof2500m,amanandawoman
E
After how much time (in minutes) will they meet at the
startfromapointtowardsoppositedirectionswithspeedsof
startingpointforthefirsttime,iftheyarerunninginthesame
37km/hand35km/h,respectively.Afterhowmuchtimefrom
direction ?
the start of the race will they meet for the first time?
SSC CHSL 02/08/2023 (1st Shift)
SSC CHSL 02/06/2022(Morning)
(a) 9 (b) 7 (c) 10 (d) 8
(a) 2 min 40 sec (b) 2 min 30 sec
Solution :-
(c) 2 min 5 sec (d) 2 min 20 sec
Time taken by Zeenat to complete the circular race =
Solution :- Relative speed when both are in opposite
.2
1
× 60 = 4 min. directions = 37 + 35 = 72 km/hr
18
500
2
Time taken by Nasreen to complete the circular race = Total distance = = 2.5 km
1000
.2
1
8
× 60 = m in. .5
2 5 5
27 3 First time when they will meet =
72
= 144 hr = 144
× 60
8
Hence, required time = LCM(4 , ) = 8 min. = 2 min 5 sec
3
35 in a race of 600 m, B can beat C by 60 m. By how many
= × 2 = 35 seconds
2 metres will A beat C in a race of 400 m ?
SSC CGL 08/12/2022 (3rd Shift)
(a) 70 (b) 68 (c) 76 (d) 72
Number of meeting points Solution:-TheratioofthedistancecoveredbyAandBinarac
of 500m = 500 : 450 = 10 : 9
• All the distant meeting points are equidistantin a circular path
TheratioofthedistancecoveredbyBandCinaraceof600m
and the same goes for time.
= 600 : 540 = 10 : 9
• It is independent of the length of the track on balancing the above ratio, we have :
• To get the no. of different meeting points, findthe simplest A : B : C
ratio of the two speeds i.e. x : y 10 9 ) × 40
Case 1:- No. of meeting points when two runners running in 10 9) × 36
same direction = x - y __________________________
Case 2:- No. of meeting points when two runners running in 400 : 360 : 324
opposite direction = x + y Clearly, wecanseethatAbeatCinaraceof400mby76m
i.e.400 - 324
Example:-AnjaliandBabitaarerunningonacirculartrackin
pposite directions from same time at same point with
o
speedsof8m/secand6m/sec,respectively.Ifthelengthof xample :- In a race,a competitorhas tocollect6apples
E
the circular track is 960 m, how many times they will meet? which are kept in a straight line on a track and a bucket is
SSC CHSL 09/06/2022 (Evening) placedatthebeginningofthetrackwhichisastarting point.
(a) 7 (b) 6 (c) 12 (d) 14 Theconditionisthatthecompetitor,çanpickonlyoneapple
Solution:- Numberofdistinctpointsatwhichthey(thebodie atatime,runbackwithitanddropitinthebucket.Ifhehasto
in circular motion) will meet can be determined by findingou dropalltheapplesinthebucket,howmuchtotaldistancehe
the reduced ratios of their speed (a : b) hastorunifthebucketis5metersfromthefirstappleandall
AstheyaremovinginoppositedirectionRatiooftheirspeeds other apples are placed 3- meters apart ?
= 4 : 3 UPSC CSAT (07/08/2016)
So, they will meet at 4 + 3 = 7 distinct points. (a) 40 m (b) 50 m (c) 75 m (d) 150 m
Solution :-
Example :- Two persons started running on a circular track
imultaneouslywithspeedsof20m/sand30m/sinopposite
s
directions.Ifthecircumferenceofthecirculartrackis100m,
then find at how many distinct points they will cross each istance covered by competitor to pick 1st apple
D
other ? = 2 × 5 = 10 m
SSC CGL 19/07/2023 (2nd shift) Distance Covered by competitor to pick 2nd apple
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 10 (d) 5 = 2 (5 + 3) = 16 m
Solution :- According to question, Distance Covered by competitor to pick 3rd apple
Ratios of speed⇒ 2 : 3 = 2 (5 + 3 × 2) = 22 m
No of meeting points when two runner running in opposite Distance Covered by competitor to pick 4th apple
direction = (2 + 3) = 5 = 2 (5 + 3 × 3) = 28 m
Distance Covered by competitor to pick 5th apple
= 2 (5 + 3 × 4) = 34 m
Some Other concept Distance Covered by competitor to pick 6th apple
= 2 (5 + 3 × 5) = 40m
xample:-Ina1500mrace,XbeatsYby100mandXbeats
E So, the total distance covered by competitor =
Z by 240 m. By what distance does Y beat Z in the same race? 10 + 16 + 22 + 28 + 34 + 40 = 150 m
SSC CGL 18/07/2023 (3rd shift)
(a) 160 m (b) 140 m (c) 150 m (d) 200 m
Solution :-
Z : X : Y
1500 : 1400
1260 : 1500
--------------------------------------
126 : 150 : 140
Then, Y beat Z by = (140 − 126) = 14 units
According to the question,
1500
140 units = 1500 = × 14= 150m
140
So, Y beat Z by 150m .
Step 2 :Add the numbers which are the multiples of10s Method :- 2
hen double digit subtracted from its reversed number :-
W
Step 3 :Add/Subtract the deficiency of numbers.
Step 1 :Find the difference between the digits.
Step 2 :multiply the difference by 9
xample :-Add 38 and 97.
E
Solution :-
Step 1 :38 and 97 are closer to 40 and 100 respectively. xample :- 63 - 36
E
Step 2 :Add 40 and 100 = 140 Step 1 :Find the difference between the digits i.e.6 - 3 = 3
Step 3 :Both numbers have deficiency of 2 and 3 respectively. Step 2 :Multiply the difference by 9 i.e. 3× 9 = 27
So 140 - 5 = 135
Multiplication Tricks
xample :-Add 82 and 167.
E
Solution :- (a) For 2 digit Multiplications :-
Step 1 :82 and 167 are closer to 80 and 170 respectively.
Step 2 :Add 80 and 170 = 250 Method :- 1
Step 3 :82 has 2 extra and 167 has 3 deficiency. xample :- 81× 92
E
So 250 + 2 - 3 = 249 Step 1 :Multiplying vertically the units place
Method :- 2
dd ones with ones, tens with tens, hundreds with hundreds,
A tep 3 :Multiplying the tens digit vertically.
S
thousand with thousand , and so on. For example, 8 × 9 = 72 + 2 (carry) = 74
xample :-Find 36 × 65 = ?
E
Step 1 :Double the number which is ending with 5
I.e 65 × 2 = 130
36
Step 2 :Given Even number is divided 2 .so , = 18
2
Step 3 :Multiply both the resultant = 130 × 18 =2340
Method :- 1
Example :-
N × 125 means N ×
1000 (b) Division of number with 25
8 100
1000 As we know that , 25 =
64 × 125 = 64 × = 8000 4
8
1000
512 × 125 = 512 × = 64000 xample :- Find 35÷ 25
E
8
1000 Just4timethegivennumberandplacedecimalafter2place
48 × 125 = 48 × = 6000
8 from the right hand side
35 × 4 = 140 = 1.4
4). Multiplication of a Number by 625
10000
N × 625 Means by N ×
16
Example :- Find 354÷ 25
10000
64 × 625 = 64 × 40,000
= ust4timethegivennumberandplacedecimalafter2place
J
16
from the right hand side
10000
80 × 625 = 80 × = 50,000 354 × 4 = 1416 = 14.16
16
2
Example :- (45)
2
tep 1 -For last part simply put (5) = 25
S
Step 2 -Multiply 4 with the next number i.e. 5
So, 45 × 45 = 2025
Example :-
Type - 3
When the last digit is 1.
www.ssccglpinnacle.com Download Pinnacle Exam Preparation App 180
Pinnacle Vedic Math
Example :-21 , 31, 41 etc
Type - 4
hen both digits are the same.
W
Example :-22 , 33, 44 etc
Type - 5
ixed number
M
Example :-24 , 26 , 46 etc
Square Root
ow we have two values 42 and 48
N
hesquarerootofanumberisavaluethat,whenmultipliedby
T Step 4 : Multiply the smaller number with its successive
itself, gives the original number. number ( a× (a + 1) i.e. 4× 5 = 20
i.e. 36 has two square roots 6 and -6; Now, 20 < 23
62 = 36and−62 = 36, hence we write 36= ±6 Note:iftheproductissmallerthenwewilltakelargernumber
i.e.48 and if the product isgreaterthenwewilltakesmaller
1).Square root by Factorization method :- number i.e. 42
𝑁
3 Unit digit
1
3 1 1
2
3 8 8
⇒ 395=
20 - 0.125 = 19 . 875
3
3 27 7
4
3 64 4
Important Table
5
3 125 5
If any number ends with Square root will end with 6
3 216 6
1 1 or 9 7
3 343 3
4 2 or 8 8
3 512 2
9 3 or 7 9
3 729 9
16 4 or 6
Example :- Find the cube root of 6859
25 5
olution :-
S
Step 1: Neglect last three digit of given number
).Ifanynumberendswith1,itssquarerootwillendwith1or,9,
1
given that the number is a perfect square.
i.e. 81= 9, 121= 11
Step 2: Now find the perfect cube number smaller than 6
).Ifanynumberendswith4,itssquarerootwillendwith2or8,
2 3
given that the number is a perfect square. i.e1 =1
3
4). If any number ends with 6, its square root will end with 6,
iven that the number is a perfect square.
g
3
i.e. 256= 16, 676= 26 i.e . 9 = 729so unit digit of resultant value= 9
).Ifanynumberendswith9,itssquarerootwillendwith3or7,
5 Example :- Find the cube root of 19683
given that the number is a perfect square. olution :-
S
i.e. 49= 7, 169= 13 Step 1: Neglect last three digit of given number
7).Therepeatedsumofthedigitsofaperfectsquareisalways Step 2: Now find the perfect cube number smaller than 19
, 4, 7 or 9.
1 3
i.e2 =8
3
tep 3: 19683= 27
S
Cube Root
(Units digit of resultant number = Thenumber,whoseunit
digitoftheperfectcubeisequaltotheunitdigitofthegiven
uberootofanumberisavaluewhichwhenmultipliedbyitself
C
number )
thrice or three times produces the original value.
3
i.e. thecuberootof27,denotedas 27,is3,becausewhenwe
multiply 3 by itself three times we get 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 = 33.
3
Example :-Find 343
3
⇒ 345 = 7 + 0.0136 = 7.0136 Expression ResultExpression Result Expression Result
1 1 1
2 2 3 3 4 4
Square Mirrors 2
2 4 2
3 9 2
4 16
3 3 3
2 8 3 27 4 64
142 + 872 = 782 + 412
●
4 4 4
● 152 + 752 = 572 + 512 2 16 3 81 4 256
● 262 + 972 = 792 + 622 5 5 5
2 32 3 243 4 1024
● 272 + 962 = 692 + 722
6 6 1
2 64 3 729 5 5
Conditions to be a perfect square :- 7
128 7
2187 2
25
2 3 5
.A number should not have 2, 3, 7, or 8 at its unitdigit.
1 8 8 3
2.If the unit digit of a number 5, then the tensdigit of its square 2 256 3 6561 5 125
is always 2. 9
2 512 9
3 19683 4
5 625
3.If a square number ends with zero, then the numberof zeroes 10 10 5
2 2 2 1024 3 59049 5 3125
must be in the multiple of 2. i.e.20 =400 ,100 = 10000
Squares
2 2 2
1 = 1 11 = 121 21 = 441
2 2 2
2 = 4 12 = 144 22 = 484
2 2 2
3 = 9 13 = 169 23 = 529
2 2 2
4 = 16 14 = 196 24 = 576
2 2 2
5 = 25 15 = 225 25 = 625
2 2 2
6 = 36 16 = 256 26 = 676
2 2 2
7 = 49 17 = 289 27 = 729
2 2 2
8 = 64 18 = 324 28 = 784
2 2 2
9 = 81 19 = 361 29 = 841
2 2 2
10 = 100 20 = 400 30 = 900
asicsofSeries-Inthischapteraseriesofnumbersaregiven,
B
inwhichtheyarearrangedunderaparticularrule.Theseseries
are formed in many ways and different rules work in them. Addition / Subtraction of Prime Numbers
Additionally, sometimes oneofthetermsinthisseriesisgiven
incorrectlyanditisnecessarytofindoutwhichtermisincorrect xample :- 21 , 23 , 26 , 31 , 38 , ? , 62
E
in the given question. Solution :- Logic→ Series is based on a prime number .
Type - 2 xample :-16, 32,14, 19, 37, 21, 22, 42, ?, 25, 47, 35
E
SSC MTS 12/07/2022 (Afternoon)
Perfect Cube Series (a) 34 (b) 26 (c) 32 (d) 28
Solution :-
xample :-1, 4, 27, 16, 125, ?
E
SSC CGL 24/07/2023 (2nd shift)
(a) 216 (b) 36 (c) 343 (d) 49
Solution :-
Example :- Identify the number that does NOT belong to the
f ollowing series.
1.5, 2, 3, 6, 18, 108, 1964
Example :-Which fraction comes next in the sequence SSC MTS 21/07/2022 (Morning)
3
1 5 7 (a) 108 (b) 6 (c) 18 (d) 1964
, , , , ?
2 4 8 6
1 Solution :- Here the next number is product of last2 numbers
9 10 1
1 2
1
(a)
32
(b) 17
(c) 34 (d)
35
Solution :-
Example :-Inthegivenseriesonenumberisincorrect.Identify
t he INCORRECT number from among the options given.
3, 5, 7, 6, 10, 14, 12, 24, 28, 24, 40, 56
SSC CPO 13/12/2019 (Evening)
(a) 28 (b) 24 (c) 12 (d) 10
3 3 Solution :-Here 4 different series are given.
Example :-96, 12, ,? ,
2 128
SSC CPO 05/10/2023 (2nd Shift)
3
3
3 1 , but
(a)
12
(b) 16 (c) 64 (d)
128 So 24 is wrong here.
Solution :-
Example :- In the following number series,twonumbershave
eenputwithinbrackets.Selectthemostappropriateoptionfor
b
these numbers in relation to their inclusion in the series.
1, 5 , 17, (39) , 65 , 101, (145) , 197
Mixed Series SSC CPO 09/12/2019 (Evening)
(a) The first bracketed number from the left is correct and the
xample :- 172, 175, 184, 211, 292, ?
E Second bracketed number from the left is incorrect.
SSC CHSL 17/08/2023 (1st Shift) (b) Both the bracketed numbers are incorrect.
(a) 535 (b) 537 (c) 534 (d) 532 (c) Both the bracketed numbers are correct.
Solution :- (d) The first bracketed number from the left is incorrect and the
Second bracketed number from the left is correct.
Solution :-
Example :- Identify the number that is NOT related to the
Type - 3 f ollowing series .
25, 28, 23, 30, 21, 33
Wrong Number Series SSC CPO 19/12/2019 (Morning)
(a) 21 (b) 30 (c) 23 (d) 33
In this type you will find twonumberswrongbutoncorrecting Solution :-
one the other will automatically get corrected.
xample :-3 , 6 , 9 , 24 , 48 , 96 , 192
E
Solution :- Logic → every number is multiplied by 2 by the
previous number.
Example :- Identify the number that does NOT belong to the
f ollowing series.
104, 108 , 54 , 58 , 29 , 31
Here , wrong term is 9 , it should be replaced with 12. SSC CPO 09/12/2019 (Morning)
(a) 29 (b) 54 (c) 58 (d) 31
xample :-12 , 19 , 28 , 33 , 40 , 47 , 54
E
Solution :-
Solution :- Logic→ every number is added by 7.